CS1 Group Catalogue

CS1 Group Catalogue
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 247 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
Rack PLCs
CS1 Series
Introduction
Lineup
CPU Units
Power Supplies
Basic System Configuration
Duplex System Configuration
Programming
Dimensions
I/O allocations
Current consumption
Unit Descriptions
Basic I/O Units
Analog/Temperature Units
Position/Motion Units
Communication Units
Fieldbus Units
Ordering Information
Rack PLCs
249
272
274
278
280
286
288
292
293
295
299
300
315
338
349
356
370
247
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 248 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
248
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 249 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
Rack PLC series
CS1
The evolution of the SYSMAC CS1 is accelerating advances in the production site.
1
Ultimate
Performance
Further improvements to
instruction execution efficiency,
the core of overall PLC
performance, enable the highest
speeds in the industry. This
allows the optimization of
processing time and accuracy.
LD instruction
processing speed
Cycle time (example)
0.02 µs (min.)
38 Ksteps/ms
Large capacity
I/O points: 5,120 max.
Program capacity: 250 Ksteps max.
DM capacity: 448 kW max.
More than
2 times faster
than previous models
These PLCs have a variety of
special instructions that allow
their operation to suit the
application. High-precision
control can be achieved without
complex programs.
High-precision Positioning
Error Generation for Debugging
Double-precision
floating-point instructions
Failure diagnosis
instructions
Automatic Adjustment of PID
Constants
High-resolution Approximation
APR instruction
PID instructions with
autotuning
Workpiece Information Control
for Conveyor Systems
Program Simplification
Table data processing
instructions for stacks
Set and reset instructions
for DM/EM Area bits
(Ratio of basic instructions to
special instructions = 1:1)
Peripheral servicing
responsiveness
2
Instructions That Fit
the Application
3
Integrated Development Environment and
Middleware
CX-Programmer
CX-One includes powerful
software packages for program
development, simulation, and
communications. Develop more
efficient value-added systems in
the time allowed.
Program development
Simulation
CX-Simulator
Communications
middleware
CX-Server
249
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 250 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Information network
Internet
Ethernet
Open Network Controller
Controller Link
Component network
The CS1 supports message
communications across three
network levels, from information
networks down to component
networks, allowing greater onsite information management.
Remote monitoring of
installations is also possible
using Web functions via the
Internet.
Web browser
(monitoring)
Controller network
4
Seamless
Networking
5
Easier Connection
to Peripheral
Devices
Up to 35 peripheral devices can
be connected to a CS1 PLC via
serial communications. Data can
be exchanged with peripheral
devices easily using the protocol
macro function, eliminating the
need for time-consuming
communications programs.
6
DeviceNet
Inheritance and
Maintenance
Today´s CS1 PLCs have
complete upward compatibility
with existing CS1 systems.
Facilities performance can be
upgraded simply by replacing the
CPU Unit (see note). Also,
features such as battery-free
operation ensure greater
convenience for maintenance
and operation.
100% Upward Compatibility
with Existing CS1 Systems
Serial
communications
Easy communications using
protocol macros.
Battery-free Operation
Memory Cards
7
PLC-based
System Expansion
A variety of system expansions
based on CS1 PLCs, such as
PLC-based process automation
systems, high-precision
positioning systems, and remote
monitoring systems are possible.
PLC base
PLC-based process automation
systems
High-precision positioning systems
Remote Maintenance
Conformance to Global
Standards
Etc.
Remote monitoring systems
Field network systems
Onsite information terminals
Note: When replacing a CPU Unit with a different model,
always test the system to confirm that it has not been
adversely affected.
250
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 251 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
1
Faster Instruction Execution and Faster Overall Performance
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
In addition to further improvements to the
instruction execution engine, which is the
core of overall PLC performance, the highspeed RISC chip has been upgraded to
realize the fastest instruction execution
performance in the industry. Also, the
Common Processing: 1.6 Times Faster
Previous CS1
models
0.5 ms
New CS1
models
0.3 ms
PCMIX Value: 3 Times Higher
Previous CS1
models
new models have a mode where
instruction execution and peripheral
processing are processed in parallel,
enabling balanced improvements in overall
speed.
LD Instruction Processing Speed:
2 Times Faster
Previous CS1
models
40 ns
New CS1
models
The figures above are for high-speed, general-purpose PLCs with
interchangeable boards.
Programmable
Controllers
Use the improved SYSMAC CS1 PLCs to scale advanced systems to the optimum size.
20 ns
The development of a special LSI to execute instructions and use of a
high-speed RISC chip enable high-speed processing at the CPU.
OUT Instruction Processing Speed:
8 Times Faster
5
New CS1
models
16
The PCMIX is the average number of instructions that can be executed
in 1 µs and expresses the over execution performance of the ladder
program. This unit was conceived to allow comparing the performance
of PLCs from different manufacturers using a common metric.
Previous CS1
models
New CS1
models
170 ns
20 ns
Programs consisting mainly of basic instructions are processed at
ultrahigh speed.
Cycle Time: 2.5 to 4.8 Times Shorter
(Cycle time for 128 inputs and 128 outputs)
Previous CS1
models
New CS1
models
8 Ksteps/ms
Basic instructions only: 38 Ksteps/ms
Including special instructions:
22 Ksteps/ms
With normal I/O refresh, 1-ms pulses are not lost even for largecapacity (e.g., 30-Kstep) programs. This allows use in applications
requiring a high working accuracy, such as molding equipment.
Subroutine Processing Speed:
17.6 Times Faster
Previous CS1
models
New CS1
models
37 µs
2.1 µs
Cycle time overhead due to program structuring is minimized.
System Bus Baud Rate Doubled
Baud rate
doubled
The data transfer rate between the CPU
Unit and certain Units has been doubled to
further improve total system performance.
System bus
CS1 CPU Bus Units
CS1 I/O Units
CS1 Special I/O Units
CPU Unit
Reduced Variation in Cycle Time During Data Processing
Instructions that require long execution
time, such as table data processing
instructions and text string processing
instructions, are processed over multiple
Table data/
text string
processing
Long
execution
time
The cycle is temporarily
extended when the instruction
is executed.
Variation
cycles to minimize variations in cycle time
and maintain stable I/O response.
Table data/
text string
processing
Only start of
processing
designated.
Background processing performed over several
cycles to limit the impact on cycle time and thus
reduce variation in cycle time.
251
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 252 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Improved Refresh Performance for Data Links,
Remote I/O Communications, and Protocol Macros
Wide Lineup Makes It Easy to
Build the Optimum System
In the past, I/O refresh processing with the
CPU Bus Unit only occurred during I/O
refresh after instructions were executed.
A total of nine CPU Unit models provide
for a wide range of applications, from
small-scale systems to large. The lineup
also includes Memory Cards, Serial
Communications Boards, and a wide
selection of Special I/O Units that can be
used with any CPU Units to flexibly build
the system that meets the requirements.
CPU Unit
DLNK
Immediate
I/O refresh
CPU Bus
Unit n
n
CIO Area words
allocated to CPU
Bus Units
DM Area words
allocated for CPU
Bus Units
Specific Area for
CPU Bus Units
Data exchange
during communications cycle
With the new CS1, however, I/O can be
refreshed immediately by using the DLNK
instruction. Immediate refreshing for
processes peculiar to the CPU Bus Unit,
such as for data links and DeviceNet
remote I/O communications, and for
allocated CIO Area/DM Area words when
instructions are executed, means greater
refresh responsiveness for CPU Bus Units.
Product lineup
(Example: LD instruction processing speed, DM capacity)
Program
Capacity
250 Ksteps
Unit name
Refresh function
Controller Link Unit
Data links
DeviceNet Unit
Remote I/O
Serial Communications
Unit
Protocol macros
Ethernet Unit
Socket service based
on manipulation of
specific bits.
(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 448 Kwords)
120 Ksteps
(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 256 Kwords)
(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 128 Kwords)
60 Ksteps
Large Capacity CPU Units for
Greater Component Control
Power
The CS1 CPU Units boast amazing
capacity with up to 5,120 I/O points, 250
Ksteps of programming, 448 Kwords of
data memory (including expanded data
memory) and 4,096 timers/counters each.
With a large programming capacity, CS1
PLCs are not only ideal for large-scale
systems but easily handle value-added
applications and other advanced data
processing.
(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 128 Kwords)
30 Ksteps
(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)
20 Ksteps
(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)
(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)
10 Ksteps
(LD: 0.04 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)
960 pts
1,280 pts
5,120 pts
Number of I/O points
Control Up to 960 Points with
Units Mounted to the CPU Rack
The CS1 provides a high level of space
efficiency. As many as 960 I/O points can
be controlled by simply mounting ten
Basic I/O Units, with 96 I/O points each, to
the CPU Rack. Alternatively, as many as
80 analog I/O points can be used by
mounting five Analog Input Units and five
Analog Output Units.
Ten I/O Units of 96 points each
Five Analog Output Five Analog Input Units of
Units of 8 points each 8 points each
252
(LD: 0.02 µs, DM: 64 Kwords)
Two Series of Expansion Racks Up to 50 m Long for
Long-distance Expansion with Up to 72 Units and 7 Racks
With an expansion capacity of up to
80 Units and 7 Racks over a distance
of 12 meters, the CS1 can meet largescale control needs. Alternatively, an
I/O Control Unit and I/O Interface
Units can be used to connect two
series of CS1 Long-distance
Expansion Racks extending up to 50
m each and containing a total of up to
50 m
72 Units and 7 Racks. CS1 Basic I/O
Units, CS1 Special I/O Units, and
CS1 CPU Bus Units can be mounted
anywhere on the Racks and
programmed without being
concerned about special remote
programming requirements.
I/O Control Unit
CPU
2 Series of
Expansion Racks;
Up to 7 Racks Total
9 Units
I/O Interface Unit
50 m
Terminating
Resistor
Note: C200H Units cannot be mounted on the Long-distance
Expansion Racks.
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 253 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
2
Nested Interlocks (for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Although strictly speaking the present
interlock instructions do not allow nesting,
applications can be created to include
combination of complete and partial
interlock conditions that achieve
nested interlocks.
Emergency
stop button
Operator
Programmable
Controllers
Equipped with functions demanded by the production site to suit a variety of applications
Emergency
stop button
MILH 0
Conveyor
operates
Worker present (a)
MILH 1
Product added
by contact a
Product
added
Contact a
MILC 1
MILC 0
CX-Programmer Screen
Support Software
clearly shows the
interlock status.
(1) Conveyor operates
(2) Contact "a" turns ON when operator is present and
products are supplied.
(3) When the emergency stop button is pressed, the
conveyor and product addition both stop.
Easy Cam Switch Control with Ladder Instructions
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
Angular data
Upper limit
Cam switch
Output
Comparison table
Lower limit
Value
converted by
GRY
instruction
Absolute
encoder
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
Compared using
BCMP2 instruction
GRY
Parallel
wiring
BCMP2
Gray code converted into
binary, BCD, or angles.
Easy Calendar Timer Function
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
Compared to see whether
data is between upper and
lower limits.
The time interval for
execution by the
GRY instruction is
determined by the
response speed for
reading data from
the absolute
encoder.
TIME-PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT (TPO) Instruction
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
=DT
Turn ON at 5:00
every evening
PID
S
SSR
C
D
TPO
S
C
B
20 % 80 %
1s
Manipulated variable
Compares two dates/times
Comparison can be limited
to any combination of years,
months, days, hours,
minutes, or seconds.
Example:
A calendar timer function
can be easily set up to start
a process at exactly 5:00
every evening.
Time-proportioning PID
control can be handled by
the PLC by combining the
PID and TPO
(TIME-PROPORTIONAL
OUTPUT) instructions.
253
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 254 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Convert Between Floating-point Decimal and Character Strings
Simpler Ladder Programs
The new CS1 can convert floating-point
decimal (real numbers) to character
strings (ASCII) for display on a PT
(operator interface). The data can be
displayed on the PT as a character-string
display element.
Ladder programs that use a lot of basic
instructions can be simplified using
differentiation instructions LD NOT, AND
NOT, and OR NOT, and instructions that
access bits in the DM and EM Areas.
The new CS1 can convert ASCII character
strings read from measurement devices by
serial communications to floating-point
decimal data for use in data processing.
PT
Conversion instruction
Floatingpoint
decimal
With other PLCs
Character
string
E.g., 500.00
Measurement device
(example)
500.00
353030E23030
a
Character-string
display element
Conversion instruction
Serial
communications
PID Autotuning
Floatingpoint
decimal
Character
string
a
The new CS1 can autotune PID constants
with a PID control instruction. The limit
cycle method is used for autotuning, so
the tuning is completed quickly. This is
particularly effective for multiple-loop PID
control.
PIDAT
With CS1-series PLCs
a
Autotuning for PID constants
Highly Accurate Positioning
with XY Tables
The new CS1 has many double-precision
processing instructions for floating-point
decimal operations, enabling positioning
with greater accuracy.
OUTB
ORW
D00000
#0001
D00000
D00000
#0000
a
ANDW
D00000
#FFFE
D00000
PID control instruction with
autotuning
Binary Set Values for
Timer/Counter Instructions
Error Status Generation for
Debugging
A specified error status can be simulated
by executing the diagnostic instructions
(FAL/FALS). With the new CS1,
debugging is simple for applications that
display messages on a PT or other display
device based on the error status of the
CPU Unit.
(example)
PT
The SV for a timer or counter instruction
can be specified using either BCD or
binary. Using binary SV enables longer
timers and higher-value counters.
Floating-point
decimal instruction
High-precision positioning
Easy Reading of Maintenance
Data via DeviceNet
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
An error has
occurred at unit
number xx.
Error in Special I/O
Unit
FAL
The addition of special explicit message
instructions makes it easy to send explicit
messages without having to consider
FINS commands. Transferring data
among PLCs with explicit messages is
also simplified.
Special explicit
message instruction
Examples: Timer/Counter Instructions
TIM (BCD): 0 to 999.0 s
TIMX(550) (binary) 0 to 6553.5 s
CNT (BCD): 0 to 999 counts
CNTX(546) (binary) 0 to 65,535 counts
Applicable Timer/Counter Instructions
TIMER: TIMX(550)
COUNTER: CNTX(546)
HIGH-SPEED TIMER: TIMHX(551)
ONE-MS TIMER: TMHHX(552)
ACCUMULATIVE TIMER: TTIMX(555)
LONG TIMER: TIMLX(553)
MULTI-OUTPUT TIMER: MTIMX(554)
REVERSIBLE COUNTER: CNTRX(548)
RESET TIMER/COUNTER: CNRX(547)
No need to
consider FINS
PT
There is a
possibility that
rack number xx
is disconnected.
DeviceNet
I/O bus error
FALS
254
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 255 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
3
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Programmable
Controllers
Easier and more efficient design, development and maintenance with Windows-based software and
middleware
Improved Support Software in an Integrated
Windows-based Development Environment
The CX-One software suite provides tools for more efficient design and development
using the CX-Programmer for programming and network configuration, and
CX-Simulator for operation simulation.
CX-Programmer
CX-Simulator
System PLC
CS1
Online connection
Inside the personal
computer
CX-Programmer
(Programming
software)
Integrated
development
environment
CX-Integrator Network Configuration Tool
Online connection
CX-Simulator
(Virtual CPU Unit)
Windows
FB
OMRON FB Library
Example: Function Block for Writing Temperature Controller SPs
SYSMAC CJ-series PLC
(See note.)
(Unit Ver. 3.0 or later)
The OMRON FB library provides function
blocks for setting SPs, reading PVs, and
reading/writing RUN/STOP status and
other Temperature Controller parameters.
The programmer simply pastes function
blocks from the OMRON FB Library into
the ladder program. The desired functions
can be utilized simply by inputting the
Temperature Controller unit number and
address.
Temperature
Controller
unit number
Normal
end
Address
DeviceNet
Master Unit
DeviceNet
Simply paste a function block
from the OMRON FB Library
into the ladder program and
enter the unit number, set
point, and other parameters.
Temperature
Controller
What is the OMRON FB Library?
The OMRON FB Library is a set of functional objects for ladder
programming for OMRON CS/CJ-series PLCs. By incorporating
the OMRON function blocks provided by OMRON into a ladder
program, the program interface for different control devices is
easily completed. This reduces the number of working hours
required for program development and, at the same time,
improves product quality through standardization.
The Structured Text (ST)
Language Enables Trigonometric
Functions and other Arithmetic
Processes (Unit Ver. 3.0 or later)
In addition to ladder programming, function
block logic can be written in ST, which
conforms to IEC61131-3. With ST,
arithmetic processing is also possible,
including processing of absolute values,
square roots, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions (SIN, COS, and TAN).
Processing difficult to achieve in ladder
programs becomes easy to write.
Recovery Possible by
Uploading Function Blocks
from Working PLC (Unit Ver. 3.0 or later)
Programs with function blocks can be
uploaded from CPU Units, just like normal
programs, without the need for additional
memory, such as a Memory Card.
Programs with
function blocks
can be uploaded
from working
PLCs.
CX-Programmer
Ver.5.0
FB
CS/CJ-series
Unit Ver. 3.0
CX-Programmer Ver. 5.0 or
higher is required.
255
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 256 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Enhanced Efficiency for
Program Development Teams
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
Multiple programmers will enjoy better
efficiency when working on task-based
programs, thanks to automatic checking
for address duplication among tasks,
downloading and uploading in task units,
and easy monitoring of task operating
status.
The execution status of each task can be
monitored with CX-Programmer to improve
debugging efficiency.
Task 1
Task 1
Executing
Executing
Task 1
Programs Can Be Executed,
Monitored, and Debugged
without an Actual PLC
The CX-Simulator Software simulates
ladder execution of the new CS1 CPU Unit
on a computer. Online functions, such as
monitoring of I/O bit status, monitoring of
I/O memory present values, forced
set/reset, differential monitoring, data
tracing, and online editing, can be
performed by connecting to the virtual CPU
Unit on the computer from the CXProgrammer using the CX-Simulator. This
reduces the total lead time to machine or
system startup.
CX-Simulator
Executing
Monitoring with
CX-Programmer
Check for duplicate addresses
Checking for address duplication among tasks
developed by multiple programmers is
automatically executed with the cross reference
report of CX-Programmer.
The report shows that this
address is used in the
program in the right column,
and tells how many times it is
used.
CX-Programmer list of
duplicate addresses
When development is done
by several people, only the
tasks that have been
revised need to be
downloaded from CXProgrammer.
Download only the revised tasks.
Copy and Paste between
Spreadsheets and Symbol Tables
System status
setting window
Debugging console
window
Virtual
CPU Unit
Data Logging On-site and
Operation Verification in the
Office
Sequential data from I/O memory in the
actual PLC can be obtained and saved as
a data recreation file (CSV format). Onsite PLC ladder execution can be
recreated on a computer by inputting this
data to the CX-Simulator as virtual
external input data.
CX-Simulator
Virtual external
input
Sequential data
Virtual
CPU Unit
Actual PLC
CS1
Comprehensive Debugging
Functions Including Ladder
Step Execution and Break Points
The new CS1 has comprehensive
debugging functions, including ladder step
execution (execution by instruction), start
point settings, break point setting, I/O break
conditions, and scan execution. This
enables more detailed debugging without
using an actual PLC. Interrupt tasks can be
simulated, enabling more realistic
debugging.
Virtual
CPU Unit
Start
Stop
Middleware to Support PLC-centered System Construction
Easy development of user applications for communications with the new CS1.
SYSMAC Compolet:
Accessing the CS1 with
Visual Basic
PLC Reporter 32:
Add-on Software for Accessing
the New CS1 Using Excel
Use SYSMAC Compolet for
communications with OMRON PLCs to
greatly reduce development time of user
applications for CS1 I/O memory read and
write, forced set/reset, and FINS message
communications using Visual Basic.
Use PLC Reporter 32 to automatically
collect specific CS1 I/O memory data into
Excel 97 or Excel 2000 cells without
special programming. Basically, a system
can be constructed with a computer, PLC
Reporter 32, Excel, and a host link cable.
The cost of constructing a monitoring
system can thus be greatly reduced.
You can use your favorite spreadsheet
application to prepare an allocation table
with symbol names, addresses, and I/O
comments, then copy and paste it into a
symbol table, and also do the reverse.
This greatly improves programming
productivity.
Visual Basic user application
Compolet
Fins Gateway
Excel
Network board or port
PLC Reporter (Fins Gateway)
Network support: Controller
Link, Ethernet, or RS-232C
serial communications
Network board or port
Network support: Controller
Link, Ethernet, or RS-232C
serial communications
CS1
CS1
256
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 257 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
4
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Programmable
Controllers
Further improvements to communications functions. Seamless networks increase production site
transparency
The Solution for Communicating Flexible System Building
across Network Levels
Based on the DeviceNet
The CS1 Series supports the worldwide
multivendor bus standard, DeviceNet.
Component connections in a multivendor
environment are greatly enhanced by
connecting to up to 64 nodes for a wide
range of FA applications, and by device
profiles and configurator tools that ensure
high reliability and easy maintenance.
Production systems can be configured
even more flexibly by incorporating
products such as the MULTIPLE I/O
TERMINAL.
The SYSMAC CS1 enables FINS
message communications across a
maximum of eight levels (See note)
(using CX-Programmer Ver. 4.0 or higher)
in comparison with three levels in previous
OMRON systems
Expansion up to eight levels lets you build
a seamless communications system for
sending FINS messages across multiple
levels of Ethernet and Controller Link
networks.
Note: For CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or later.
A Wide Range of Systems,
from Small-scale to Large
Functions for Better Ethernet
Support
OMRON offers a full lineup of reliable
PLCs including the "flagship" CS1 Series,
and ranging from the small-scale CQM1H
to the large-scale CV Series. The CS1
Series meets the needs not only of smallscale to large-scale systems, but of
distributed systems as well. This allows
the construction of the optimum system for
the scale and applications of the
production site.
Ethernet is becoming an increasingly
important standard for information
networks. Up to eight socket interfaces for
TCP/IP and UDP/IP are supported, in
addition to FINS messages, FTP file
transfers, and mail notification, so that
production management can now be
organically linked with the production site.
High Event Responsiveness and High-speed Instruction Execution
The new CS1 has an operating mode that
allows parallel processing for program
execution and peripheral services. This
has the following benefits.
Host
SCADA software
Fast large-volume data
exchange
No variations in data
exchange timing
Fast exchange with host computers of large
amounts of data, without dependence on the
program capacity of the new CS1.
Smooth refreshing of data exchanged with
SCADA software without variations in timing.
Cycle time not affected if communications
traffic or networks increase when expanding
facilities in the future.
Peripheral services
independent from
cycle time.
Cycle time
CS1
Normal mode
Parallel processing mode
(Instruction execution)
(Peripheral servicing)
Peripheral servicing
Can be executed
in shorter period
than cycle time.
I/O refresh
I/O refresh
Response time:
Approx. 1/3
Sending/receiving FINS
commands and other
event processing.
Event services with Special
I/O Units, CPU Bus Units,
and Inner Boards.
Peripheral and RS-232C
port servicing.
Event services using
Communications Board.
Peripheral service
Peripheral services cannot
be executed in shorter period
than cycle time.
Parallel processing
257
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 258 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Add a Redundant Optical Ring
to Your Controller Link
Communications
Remote Monitoring via the Web
Connecting via an ONC enables remote
monitoring from a Web browser with a userdefined Web application (using Web Tool
Kit). It is also possible to automatically
collect data on a Memory Card mounted to
an ONC and automatically transfer data to
the host PLC (using Data
Collection/Distribution Software).
A redundant network configuration will
keep communications flowing over the
duplicate ring-shaped path in the event of
a broken optical fiber, preventing system
malfunction.
Head office, remote office,
home, business trip destination
• CX-Programmer
Head office,
remote office,
home, business
trip destination
• Web browser
Head office or remote office
• Web browser
• CX-Programmer
Information network
Modem
Internet
Public telephone line
Email
FINS message
HTTP/socket
Email
Automatic FTP transfer of
collected data
Ethernet
Modem
(Intranet)
Serial communications
CS1
ONC
FINS message
Controller network
Seamless
Ethernet Unit
• TCP/IP or UDP/IP socket service
• FINS message communications
• Message client (SMTP) function
• FTP server function
(File read/write to Memory Card)
Open Network Controller
• Web server function
• Email client (SMTP)
• FTP client
(Collected data file
transferred to host using FTP
when transfer conditions are
met.)
• FINS message
communications
DeviceNet
Configurator
RS-232C
Controller Link
CS1
Controller Link Unit
Controller Link Unit
DeviceNet
Unit
Data links
CJ1
CS1
CS1
FINS message
Remote I/O communications
DeviceNet
Component network
FINS message
258
Programmable
Slave
DeviceNet Slave
DRT2-series Series
CS1
DeviceNet Unit
(can operate as
master or slave)
Temperature
Controller (PID and
other parameter
settings possible
from the DeviceNet
Configurator).
CompoBus/S
Robot or
other device
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 259 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
5
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Serial Gateway
Programmable
Controllers
Construction of systems in multivendor environments simplified with protocol macros.
(CPU Unit Ver. 3.0 or later)
(Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later)
Truly Seamless Incorporation of OMRON Components
and Other Devices into Networks
When the CPU Unit (Ver. 3.0 or later) or
Serial Communications Board or Serial
Communications Unit (Ver. 1.2 or later)
receive a FINS command containing a
CompoWay/F command (see note 1) via
network or serial communications, the
command is automatically converted to a
protocol suitable for the message and
forwarded using serial communications.
CompoWay/F (See note 2.)
Host Link FINS
(Possible only with Serial Communications Boards or Serial
Communications Units Ver. 1.2 or later)
Gateway
Component/PLC
FINS network
Serial
communications
Note 1: FINS
Abbreviation for Factory Interface Network Service. A
command system for message services common to
OMRON networks. FINS commands can be sent across up
to 8 network levels, including serial communications paths
using a serial gateway. (Possible only with CS/CJ-series
CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or later.)
Note 2: CompoWay/F
CompoWay/F is an integrated communications protocol
used for OMRON general-purpose serial communications.
It is used by Temperature Controllers, Digital Panel Meters,
Timer/Counters, Smart Sensors, Cam Positioners, Safety
Controllers, etc. (as of July 2004).
Serial Gateway System (Reference)
When CompoWay/F commands are
enclosed in FINS commands and sent to
Serial Communications Boards or Serial
Communications Units (Ver. 1.2) or
serial ports on CPU Unit Ver. 3.0, the
enclosed CompoWay/F command is
retrieved using a Serial Gateway
Function and sent as a CompoWay/F
command.
FINS command received
Serial Gateway: FINS
command "capsule"
opened and contents
retrieved.
Sent as a CompoWay/F
command
Temperature
Controller
Smart Sensor
OMRON Components
More Ports for Even More
Serial Device Connections
Protocol macros make it easy to create
serial communications protocols
(communications frames, error checks,
retries, error processing, etc.) to match
those of remote communications devices.
Multiple ports are provided for this function.
Each PLC supports up to 16 Serial
Communications Units (32 ports total) and
one Serial Communications Board (with 2
ports). This makes it possible to connect
up to 34 devices with serial
communications at a speed of 38.4 Kbps.
Message length has been increased from
256 to 1,000 bytes to give
communications more power than ever
before.
Windows-based Software
Simplifies Serial Device
Connections
Protocol macros for Serial
Communications Units and Boards can be
created using the CX-Protocol, thus
enabling message tracing and greatly
reducing the time involved in connecting
various serial devices.
259
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 260 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Enhanced Protocol Macro
Functionality
Serial Communications
Configuration Example
Programming Devices
CX-Programmer
CX-Protocol
Programming
CX-Motion
Console
(Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later)
Baud rate increased from 38,400 bps to
57,600 bps for faster communications.
Standard system protocol added for
greater connectability with components
and PLCs.
Host computer, etc.
Host Link
ASCII Unit
Serial Communications Unit
Serial
Communications Board
•CompoWay/F Master
•Host Link Master functions
•Mitsubishi Computer Link Master
Peripheral bus
CPU Unit
(Programming
Console bus)
Programmable
Terminal
Wide Range of Applicable
Protocols Allows for High
Value-added Programs
The CS1 Series supports a wide range of
serial communications protocols, such as
Host Link, no-protocol, NT Link, peripheral
bus, and more. These allow for high valueadded programs such as MMI,
communications, and data processing.
NT Link
Protocol macros
Commercially-available
external device
General-purpose protocol
using BASIC in ASCII Unit
The Fastest Communications
in the Industry with
High-speed NT Links
Combine with one of the NS Series
Programmable Terminals (NS8, NS10, or
NS12) to enable connecting High-speed
NT Links. Using NT Link terminology
together with a communications speed of
115 Kbps provides high-speed response.
Commercially-available
external device
Microcomputer,
etc.
Temperature controller,
bar code reader, etc.
Protocol macros
Host Links
Protocol macros
No-protocol
Sending Host Link and
FINS commands
Reading and writing of
I/O memory and
operating modes
NT Links (1:N Mode)
Device
CPU Unit
RS-232C Port
Serial
Communications
Unit
TXD instruction
or
RXD instruction
using Serial
Communications
Unit
Programmable
Terminal
PLC-to-PT connection in NT Link (1:N mode) communications can be either one-to-one or one-to-many.
260
Serial
Communications
Board
TXD instruction
or
RXD instruction
using CPU Unit's
RS-232 port or Serial
Communications Board
Response
Data input from
a bar code reader
Programmable
Terminal
Non-OMRON
PLCs, etc.
Data output to printer
Supports No-protocol Communications
(Serial Communications Units/Boards with Ver. 1.2 or later)
No-protocol communications supported for Serial
Communications Units and Serial Communications
Boards
This mode enables components to be connected to
multiple communications ports using no-protocol
communications.
Serial port I/O instructions executable using no-protocol
communications from Serial Communications Units and
Serial Communications Boards (TXDU, RXDU, TXD,
and RXD) are supported for CPU Units with Ver. 3.0 or
later.
Programmable Controllers
Advanced management and resource inheritance providing powerful support for maintenance and operation
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Remote Maintenance
1. Program or monitor a
remote PLC via a modem
connection.
2. Program or monitor a
network PLC via a Host Link
connection.
3. Send e-mail for errors
from PLCs connected to
Ethernet.
3. Mail
Ethernet
Host Link
Modem
1. Remote programming/monitoring
via modem (See note.)
Phone line
2. Remote programming/
monitoring via Host Link
(See note.)
Modem
Note: The same kind of programming and monitoring
performed via normal Host Link is possible.
Memory Cards for Data File
Management
User programs, I/O memory, or system
parameters can be converted to Windowsbased files and stored in Memory Cards or
in EM file memory in the CPU Unit. It is
also possible to automatically read the
user program and other data from the
Memory Card to the CPU Unit at startup,
replacing ROM operation. Change
programs on-site using only a Memory
Card and Programming Console, or use
Memory Cards to store symbol tables or
I/O comments. Connecting a
Programming Device allows monitoring
operations with ladder programs with
comments. It is also possible to save and
read data such as DM data to a Memory
Card during operation, and the Memory
Cards are ideal for operations such as
saving quality data and reading recipes.
Office
Download
6
PC Card
Adapter
Memory Card
Upload
Production
site
Programming
Console
261
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 261 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 262 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Boost Program Security
by Keeping Part of It Hidden
Prevent Information Leaks
from PLCs
Write Protection from a Specific
Node over the Network
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
(for CPU Unit Ver. 2.0 or Later)
You can prevent access to special tasks
by requiring the user to have a password
to read them.
In addition to applying read protection
functions to the user program area and
tasks, you can also protect against the
transfer of user programs to a Memory
Card.This prevents leaks of proprietary
information by completely protecting
against the reading of programs inside the
PLC.
You can now stop specific nodes from
writing over the network.By preventing
unintentionally writes to the PLC while
monitoring data over the network, you can
prevent potential problems.
Task 1
Use a password to prevent
reading of only task 2.
Task 2
CX-Programmer
Ver. 4.0
CX-Programmer
Ver. 4.0
Crucial
programming
cannot be
read.
Read
protection
Reading
possible
Reading
possible
Write protection
Task 3
Write enabled
No transfer
possible
This allows you to hide crucial parts of the
program.
By applying write protection, you can also
prevent a user from inadvertently writing
over the hidden part of the program. This
provides additional protection for your
program.
Memory Card
Easy Replacement of Existing
Models
Programs designed for existing models
(C200HX/HG/HE, CVM1, or CV-series
PLCs) using the CX-Programmer can be
converted for use with the new CS1. The
following functions are available to make
the conversion to the new CS1 even
easier.
Read protection
Write protection
Internal Flash Memory-based
Battery-free Operation
Flash memory (non-volatile memory) is
built into the new CS1's CPU Unit. User
programs and system parameters (e.g.,
PC Setup and data link tables) are
automatically saved to this flash memory.
This means that the new CS1 can operate
without a Memory Card and battery.
CV-CS address conversion instruction to
convert programs designed for the
CVM1/CV that include internal I/O memory
addresses.
C200HX/HG/HE: Region comparison (ZCP
and ZCPL) instructions.
C200HX/HG/HE
Replace Malfunctioning Units
without Turning OFF the Power
(Online Unit Replacement)
When an I/O Unit, a Special I/O Unit, or a
CPU Bus Unit is malfunctioning, it is now
possible to replace the faulty Unit while the
system continues operating.
This is particularly effective for systems
that cannot be stopped when a problem
has occurred in another part of the system.
(This function requires a CS1D-CPU
S CPU
Unit, a CS1D-BC082 or CS1D-BI092 Backplane,
and a CS1D-PA207R or CS1D-PD024 Power
Supply Unit.)
Faulty Unit
CPU
PS
Easy replacement
CS1
CVM1/CV
(1) Remove the
faulty Unit
after stopping
access to it.
(2) Resume
access after
replacing the
Unit.
Built-in flash memory
User program
Parameter area data
CS1
Store All I/O Comments, Symbol Names, Rung Comments,
and Other Information in CPU Unit Comment Memory
(Unit Ver. 3.0 or later)
Battery-free
operation
with no Memory
Card.
CX-Programmer Ver. 5.0 or higher required.
262
When downloading projects, the Memory
Card, EM file memory, or comment
memory (in the CPU Unit's flash memory)
can be selected as the transfer destination
for I/O comments, symbol names, rung
comments, and other data. This enables
data such as I/O comments, symbol
names, and rung comments to be stored
in the CPU Unit's internal comment
memory when a Memory Card or EM file
memory are both not available. (PLC
models: CS/CJ-series with unit version 3.0
or later only.)
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 263 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
7
Programmable
Controllers
The CS1 Duplex System Boots the Reliability of Facilities and Equipment
Duplex-CPU System
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Controller Link
Unit
Ethernet Unit
Duplex CPU Units
Duplex Power Supply Units
Hot Standby System Adopted
for CPU Unit Duplexing
When a problem occurs in the CPU Unit,
the system instantly switches control to
the other CPU Unit, enabling continuous
operation with minimal effect on the
system.
Because there is no need for special
duplex programming, the design
process is simple and design steps are
reduced.
Online Unit Replacement
With either a Duplex-CPU or Single-CPU
CS1D System, Basic I/O Units, Special I/O
Units, and CPU Bus Units can be replaced
online while the system continues
operation.
Although operation will stop for the Unit
being replaced, all other Units will continue
operation.
During System Operation with
Power Supplied
The system can also be configured with only one each of
the CPU, Power Supply, and Communications Units. This
lets you optimize the system cost by selecting the Units
that you need. (The Duplex Unit must be used even when
using only one each of the CPU, Power Supply, and
Communications Units.)
Unit replaced
Perform the online
Unit replacement
operation from the
Programming
Console or CXProgrammer.
Single-CPU System
Controller Link Unit
Ethernet Unit
Duplex Communications Units can be used,
even with a Single-CPU System.
Duplex Power Supply Units can be used,
even with a Single-CPU System.
Duplex operation is possible for any or all of the following:
CPU Units, Power Supply Units, and Communications Units.
Use duplex operation for the CPU Unit,
power supply, or communications
depending on system requirements for
reliability, costs, and functionality. For
example, use duplex operation for all of
these for systems that must never go
down or use duplex operation
for only the power supply (which has a
relatively short service life). Just build in
the redundancy required by the system.
263
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 264 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Increase the Reliability of Information with Duplex Networks
Duplex Ethernet for Greater Information Network Reliability
With redundant networks and
Communications Units, communications
will continue even if a network line is
broken or one of the Communications Units
fails. The communications path is
automatically selected for each
This path is
automatically selected.
communications process (as opposed to
switching the entire line), to enable
creating a highly reliable network even
against a network line broken in more than
one location.
This path is
automatically selected.
This path is
Unit failure
automatically selected.
Ethernet
Duplex Networks between
PLCs with Controller Link
Even if one Unit fails, the other Unit will
back it up and continue communications.
Even if a line breaks, a loopback will be
used to maintain the network.
Either the CS1W-CLK12-V1 or CS1W-CLK52-V1
is required for a Duplex Controller Link network.
The CS1D-ETN21D and
CS1D CPU Unit version
1.1 or higher are required
for a duplex Ethernet
network.
Line backed
up with
loopback
Ethernet
Monitor Connection
Status to an Ethernet Network
The connection status for each line is
stored in the CIO Area words allocated in
the CPU Unit. This enables the ladder
program or host to quickly detect faulty
nodes or lines to make maintenance easier.
Network
participation
list
Break
Network
participation
list
Node backed up.
Participation list
showing node B is not
connected.
Ethernet network
Participation list
showing node A is
not connected.
Ethernet network
Program without Being Concerned with Duplex Operation
No special programming is required to use duplex
communications with the CS1D, making it simple to design
programs for duplex systems.
The complex programming required in previous applications
for duplex communications with Ethernet is eliminated.
Previously it was necessary to program
operation for both Ethernet Units.
Just program the operation as if for one
Ethernet Unit, and the PLC will determine
the destination and send the message.
Programming to
determine destination
PLC automatically determines
destination.
Tried first.
SEND
SEND
Destination
Other Unit tried if
no response from
first Unit.
SEND
Controller Link networks enable allocating data link areas without
wasting memory.
Previously, twice the
memory was required Two sets of
the same
to implement data
data link
links for two
Controller Link Units, areas were
and it was necessary required and
programto determine which ming was
data could be used. required to
select the
areas.
264
Unit failed.
Just create the
data links for one
Controller Link
Unit to eliminated
wasted data
memory. The
Duplex Controller
Link Units share
the data links.
Initial and maintenance
costs are reduced.
Allows effective use of
software assets.
The same support software can be used in
systems combining the CS1 and CJ1
Series, and all software programs and
data are compatible.Their application and
reuse are extremely easy.There is also no
need for ladder programs for duplexing.
This means that when converting an
existing system to a Duplex System, there
is almost no need to revise ladder
programs.
Complete compatibility among
Units.
The CS1D Duplex System is fully
compatible with the I/O Units of the entire
CS Series. Accordingly, the same Units
and materials can be used for restoring
the system and conducting maintenance.
There is no need to purchase different
Units and materials for each system,
making the CS1D Duplex System highly
economical.
(C200H Units, however, cannot be used
with CS1D PLCs. Refer to user
documentation for details.)
Programmable Controllers
8
Machine performance improved with high-speed, high precision, flexible motion control
Position Control Units
You can also read and track the operating status of parameter settings
inside the Servo Driver.
Two Types of Outputs and Control of 1, 2, or 4 Axes
Select from 1-axis, 2-axis, and 4-axis models with either open-collector
output or line-driver output to suit a number of different applications.
A Variety of Positioning Functions
There are 2 operating modes: direct operation (position, speed, acceleration, and deceleration data specified from the ladder program),
which is effective for setting target positions, speeds, and acceleration
rates immediately or during operation, and memory operation, where
fixed patterns are stored beforehand in the Unit and used for operation.
There are also a variety of positioning functions, such as interrupt feeding, which is effective for feeder control, and forced interrupt, which is
useful in emergencies.
Easy Motion Control
Motion control, including positioning, synchronizing (electronic gears,
electronic cams, tracking), speed, and torque control, can all be handled by the CS1.
Eight motion tasks can be used for simultaneous motion program execution.
Motion Control Units
Easy Programming with G Language and Multitasking
Advanced Motion Control Units
The Motion Control Units use G language to ensure easy programming. The Units have a large programming capacity of up to 100 programs and 2,000 program blocks, and allow independent operation of
4 tasks.
Easy System Construction
High-speed Interlocks
Up to 30 physical axes and two virtual axes, making a total of 32, can
be controlled, and the servo interface is handled by high-speed servo
communications (MECHATROLINK-II, a registered trademark of
Yaskawa Electric Corporation). This makes it possible to control multiple axes with less wiring.
Interrupt programs can be executed from the motion control program
using D codes (interrupt codes). Easy, fast interlocks ensure greater
production efficiency.
Synchronous control (electronic gears, electronic cams) is also possible.
Easy Data Control
High-speed servo communications lets you read programs and parameter settings from CX-Programmer on a PC.
Advanced
MC Unit
Position Control
Units
Motion
Control
Units
Customizable
Counter Units
CX-Programmer
CX-Motion
CX-Position
MC-Miel
(free software)
Pulses
Pulse/analog output
Communications
SMART
STEP
Analog
W Series
JUSP-NS115
Interface Unit for
MECHATROLINK-II
(Yaskawa)
Servo Driver
Encoder
Servomotor
Servomotor
Servomotor
Servomotor
265
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 265 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 266 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Smart Process Control
OMRON PLC-based Process Control brings Major Innovations to Process Automation
9
DCS functionality in a PLC
Analog Units with signal
conversion functions
A scaleable system
configuration
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Duplex
operation
supported
Complete
maintenance
functions
PLC-based
Process Control
Function block programming
Sequence programming using
either step ladders or
sequence tables
A direct link to HMI products
Provides an exceptionally open environment with PLC-based
process control to advance standardization and IT integration of
the process control system.
Operation, Monitoring, and Data Logging
Touch Panels
User Application
NS-series PT
HMI Software
Special HMI software
CX-Process Monitor Plus
Commercially available
HMI software
HMI software
compatible with
FinsGateway
Ethernet/Controller Link
PLC (CS1 Duplex)
266
PLC (CS-series)
CS1D Process-control CPU
Unit
Duplex Process-control CPU
Unit can help reduce risk
insystems that must not stop.
Loop Control Board/Unit
Condenses DCS functions
in a compact Unit and
enables function-block
programming.
Process I/O Units
Analog I/O Units are available
for diverse functions such as
Isolators, power supplies, and
signal conversion.
CX-Process Tool
Function blocks can be
pasted into windows and
graphic programming can
be perfomed by arranging
blocks with the mouse.
Programmable Controllers
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 267 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Diversified Loop Control is even easier to use.
Programming becomes even easier with function-block programming.
Packed with complete DCS functionality,
the LCBs/LCUs are programmed with
function blocks designed specifically for
process control. Similar to preparing a flow
sheet, function blocks are pasted and
connections made using a graphic
interface. A wide array of control methods,
from basic PID control to cascade and feedforward control, are possible.
Example: Cascade Control
(Heating and Cooling)
Analog
Input Unit
Analog
Output Unit
PID1
Loop Control
Unit/Board
PV1
With Function
Blocks:
PID1
Isolated-type
Ai4 Terminal
MV1
RSP1
PV2
PID2
MV2
Basic PID
Y1
PV
SP
Y2
PVE
Y1
Y3
RSP
MV
Y4
MIE
Split
Conversion
X1
Isolated-type
Ao4 Terminal
Y1
Y1
Y2
Y2
Y3
Y4
MVE
Split
conversion
Temperature
Basic PID
Temperature
Heat
exchange
Steam
PV
SP
PVE
Y1
RSP
MV
MIE
MVE
Cooling
water
Drain
PID2
PLC-based Process Control Application Examples
In-line Blending in a Food Plant
Batch Control in a Chemical Plant
Personal computer
HMI software
Personal computer
HMI software
Ethernet
Ethernet
SYSMAC CS1 Duplex
(CS1D Process-control CPU Unit)
SYSMAC CS1 PLC with advanced
Loop Control Board
Flowrate control
(blending PID control)
Materials tanks
Motor
Reaction control
Flowrate
Control outputs
A
B
Motor
Motor
Product tanks
Motor
Motor
A
C
B
Intermediate tank
Drying equipment
267
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 268 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
DeviceNet Creates Many Advantages for Development and Design, for Production and Startup, and for
Operation and Maintenance
10
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Configurator
Ethernet
Programmable Terminal
NT631
DeviceNet
Interface Unit
NT-DRT21
DeviceNet Option Unit
for OMNUC W Series
AC Servo Drivers
R88A-NCW152-DRT
SYSMAC CS-series
DeviceNet Unit
CS1W-DRM21-V1
Smart Slave
Smart Slave
Environment-resistive
Terminals
DRT2-HD16C (-1)
DRT2-ID08C/OD08C (-1)
Transistor Remote I/O
Terminals with 3-tier
Terminal Block
DRT2-ID16(-1)/
OD16(-1)/
MD16TA(-1)
Smart Slave
Smart Slave
Sensor Connector
Terminals
DRT2- D16S (-1)
Transistor Connector
Terminals with
MIL Connectors
DRT2-ID32ML(-1)/
OD32ML(-1)/
MD32ML(-1)
DeviceNet
Wireless Link
WD30-ME
Smart Slave
Smart Slave
Remote I/O Terminals
DRT2-ID16/OD16 (-1)
XWT-ID16/OD16 (-1)
XWT-ID08/OD08 (-1)
Smart Slave
Analog I/O Terminal
DRT2-AD04/DA02
DRT2-AD04H
268
Transistor Screwless
Clamp Terminals
Without detection
function
DRT2-ID32SL(-1)/
OD32SL(-1)/
MD32SL(-1)
With detection function
DRT2-ID32SLH(-1)/
OD32SLH(-1)/MD32SLH(-1)
PCB Terminals
(MIL connector)
DRT2- D32B(-1)/
DRT2- D32BV(-1)
Smart Slave
Relay Output Remote
I/O Terminal
DRT2-ROS16
Temperature
Input Terminals
DRT2-TS04T
DRT2-TS04P
Programmable Controllers
Advantages in Development
and Design
Advantages in Production
and Startup
Advantages in Operation and
Maintenance
Hardware Advantages
Hardware Advantages
Operation Advantages
Many compatible components for more
options and easier system construction.
No restrictions on Master, enabling
equipment modularization at the Slaves.
Software Advantages
Simple software standardization with
profile specified for each component.
Open network construction eliminates
the need to consider communications
protocols, allowing program development
using ladder diagrams only.
Assembly time shortened by
standardization and modularization.
Number of work hours reduced by less
wiring.
Simple wiring checking process to help
prevent wiring mistakes.
Simple implementation of distributed
equipment manufacturing.
Distributed I/O for more compact control
panels and equipment.
Startup Advantages
Simple re-assembly at delivery site.
Simple settings and communications
work, shortening startup time.
Establishing communications with
components with plug-and-play
simplicity.
Simple identification of faults with
complete monitoring tools.
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 269 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Recipe control quickly improves yields.
Preventative maintenance to avoid
system shutdowns and increase
operating rates.
Simple layout changes.
Lines can be constructed for modular
replacement.
Maintenance Advantages
Easy identification of fault locations
reduces time to restore operation.
A wide variety of data can be collected
from components, aiding preventative
maintenance.
Simple plug-and-play replacement using
connectors.
Online replacement for maintenance
without stopping the system.
CompoBus/S
High-function
General-purpose Inverter
(with DeviceNet
Communications Card)
3G3RV
Multi-function
Compact Inverter
(with DeviceNet
Communications
Unit)
3G3MV
RS-232C Unit
DRT1-232C2
RS-232C
Programmable Slave
CPM2C-S100C-DRT
CPM2C-S110C-DRT
DeviceNet
Communications
Unit for Fiber
Amplifiers
E3X-DRT21
Visual Sensor Controller
F150-C10E-3-DRT
Digital Temperature
Controllers
E5ER-DRT
Temperature Input Terminals
DRT2-TS04T/TS04P
Smart Slave
DeviceNet
Wireless Link
WD30-SE
MULTIPLE
I/O TERMINAL
Waterproof Terminals
DRT1- D
CL (-1)
DeviceNet
Communications
Unit for Modular
Temperature Controllers
E5ZN-DRT
SYSMAC CQM1H/CQM1
DeviceNet I/O Unit
(16 inputs and 16 outputs)
CQM1-DRT21
Digital Panel Meters
K3HB-DRT
269
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 270 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Greater Compatibility with PLCs
Multilingual Globalization for Greater Machine Flexibility
11
The evolution of the
SYSMAC CS1 is
accelerating advances
in the production site.
Ladder Monitor Function
Save the NS-EXT01 Ladder Monitor
system program on a Memory Card (the
NS-EXT01 is sold separately) and install
the Memory Card to enable monitoring of a
ladder program (I/O bit status monitor,
address/instruction search, multiple I/O bit
monitor, etc.) being executed in a CS/CJseries PLC connected by a serial
connection. It is also possible to display
I/O comments created with the CXProgrammer.
CD-ROM
Install
Ladder Monitor
application
NS-series
Programmable Terminal
CS-/CJ-series
PLC
Programming Console
Ladder Monitor)
Function (Using NS-EXT01-V2
If a Programming Console is selected as
the operating mode, a Programming
Console is displayed on the Ladder
Monitor screen. Operating methods are
exactly the same as for a CS-/CJ-series
Programming Console. Timer set values
can be changed, bit addresses can be
added or changed, and many other
operations can be performed on-site, all
from the screen of the NS-series PT. The
functionality of the Ladder
Monitor and Programming
CX-Programmer
CXT file
Console can be used for
primary on-site response
I/O comment
extraction tool
without a personal computer.
I/O comment file
for Ladder Monitor
1:N NT Link
RS-232C
Serial port
A or B
Memory Card (Sold separately.)
(HMC-EF
)
Ladder Monitor
(Started from System Menu.)
0000.00
0000.01
CF003
0002.00
SW1
SW2
ER
LAMP01
Programming
Console Function
Note: CS- and CJ-series PLCs connected via a 1:N NT Link to
serial port A or B on an NS-series Programmable
Terminal can be monitored.
Programming Console functionality is
displayed when Programming
Console is selected as the operating
mode.
Switch Box Function
The Switch Box Function has been added
to the NS-series Programmable Terminals.
The Switch Box Function can be used to
monitor the status of each bit in a word or a
combination of user-selected bits organized
like a ladder program section. The Switch
Box Function makes it
possible to perform
basic troubleshooting
on the factory floor
even without a
computer.
The Switch Box provides the following functions:
Switching between Monitoring Contiguous or
Noncontiguous Bits and Contiguous Words
The I/O memory monitor function monitor words or combinations of
specified bits. Bit/word comments are imported from the CXProgrammer.
Register the Words or Bit Combinations To Be Monitored
by Group
Comments can be input for individual groups, e.g., so that the
operating conditions of words or bits can be described in text.
Same User Interface as the Switch Box Utility for
Personal Computers
The same displays can be monitors in the office on a personal
computer and onsite at the NS-series PT, making discussions
clearer.
Connect to Ethernet or, for High-speed Communications
with PLCs, to Controller Link. PT Network Capabilities
Are More Powerful than Ever Before.
Personal
computer
Ethernet
Direct
access
NS-series
PT
CS/CJ-series
PLC
Controller Link
Direct
access
Direct
access
Direct
access
Direct
access
CS/CJ-series PLC
NS-series PT
NS-series
PT
NS-series
PT
CS/CJ-series PLC
270
CS/CJ-series
PLC
Direct
access
Programmable Controllers
You may want to transfer screens to a PT through the PLC without
changing computer connections or transfer a ladder program to
the PLC through the PT by using the Ethernet or Controller Link.
Ladder programs can be monitored or
transferred from the CX-Programmer
through the NS-series PT to PLCs that are
connected to the PT in series or via a
network.
SPMA
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 271 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
NS-series PTs provide Smart
Active Parts (SAP library)
enabling direct access to data
in various devices.
NS-series PT
Simply paste
into the screen.
Screen data or Data in Memory Card
(From CX-Designer through PLC to
NS-series PT)
Ladder program
(From CX-Programmer through
NS-series PT to PLC)
NS5-V1
5-inch Model
NS8-V1
8-inch Model
NS10-V1
NS12-V1
10-inch Model 12-inch Model
Color and size
can also be
changed.
Personal
computer
Ethernet
Example: RS-232C
Example: Ethernet
NS-series PT
CS/CJ
series
PLC
Peripheral
(or RS-232C)
Serial
Peripheral bus
NS-series PT
CS/CJ series PLC
Smart Active Parts
(SAP library)
(Tool bus)
Serial
RS-232C
PLC System Components
Personal
computer
NT Link
Serial
Access devices without programs
NT Link
Example: DeviceNet
Controller Link
Screen transfer
from the Controller
Link is supported
from version 6.
Serial
NS-series PT
CS/CJ series PLC
NT Link
NS-series PT
Multilingual Version to Develop for Various Demands
Create Chinese or Korean screens on your
Windows system.
Support multiple languages with the same
screen data.
Create the source language labels and let
suppliers handle the other languages.
NS Series: Easily Create
Multilingual Screens on
Your Windows System
Multi-language Input with
Japanese Windows
Label Switching to Select
from Multiple Languages
When Windows 2000 or XP is being used,
Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese,
Korean, and other language text can be
input in NS-Designer. Select the desired
language with Global IME to input a
different language. You can also use this
program together with RAKURAKU
CHUUGOKUGO and RAKURAKU
KANKOKUGO (Chinese
and Korean input systems) to convert
Japanese to Chinese and Korean.
Up to 16 groups of labels (labels 0 to 15)
can be registered for functional objects
such as buttons, lamps, labels, and alarm
settings. (Each label can correspond to a
different language, for example, label 0 =
Japanese, label 1 =
Simplified Chinese, label 2 = Korean, label
3 = English, etc.)
Once all of the labels have been input in
each language with the multilingual input
function, all of the labels can be switched
to a different language at once just by
specifying the corresponding label number
from the PLC.
Use Screen Import/Export
Functions to Separate
Translation Work
Property information for labels and other
objects in screen data created using the
NS-Designer can be exported to CSV files.
These files can be edited in Excel and
other programs. The screens can be
created in the source language and then
labels and other text exported to CSV files,
which can be sent to translators for
conversion to other languages. The
translated CSV files can then be imported
to automatically input the desired
languages into labels.
Machine Vendor
NS-Designer:
Source language
screens
S-Designer:
Source language
Switch labels
Other language
Export
(See note.)
Import
(See note.)
CSV file
containing
source language
CSV file
containing
source and
other language
Translation
Agency
CSV file
containing
source and
other language
Note: Refer to the operation manual for NS-Designer for
information on importing and exporting.
For more information on this software, refer to the following
site or send email to the following address.
URL: http://www.omronsoft.co.jp/SP/
E-mail: [email protected]
Example: The label switch function can be used to switch
between English and Simplified Chinese.
271
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 272 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
A Complete Lineup of Units for Optimal Control.
SYSMAC CS1
[email protected]@@
(2, 3, 5, 8, or 10 slots)
CPU Backplane
CPU Rack
[email protected]@@
(5 slot duplex CPU,
8 slot single CPU)
Note: Expansion is not possible for
2-slot Backplanes. These Backplanes
are for CS1 Units only.
Use a [email protected]@3 Backplane for
C200H Units.
Serial
Communications
Board
Loop Control
Board
CPU Units
Power Supply
Units
RDY
EXEC
COMM
I/O Control
Unit
Long-distance
Expansion
Connecting Cable
(50 m max.)
PORT
LCB01
Note: C200H Units
cannot be used in
long-distance
expansion.
CS1W
-IC102
[email protected]@2
I/O Interface
Unit
CS1W-SCB21
CS1W-SCB41
[email protected]@@/[email protected]@@
CS1W-LCB01/05 [email protected]@H
[email protected]@H/P/S [email protected]@@/[email protected]@@
Terminating
Resistor
CV500-TER01
(Two provided with
CS1W-IC102)
CS1 I/O
Connecting Cable
CS1W
-II102
CS1 Expansion
Backplane
Memory Card
HMC-EF172/372/672
Power Supply Units
CS1 Expansion Rack
[email protected]@3
(30 cm, 70 cm, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m,
10 m, 12 m)
[email protected]@@
(3, 5, 8, or 10 slots)
CS1 to C200H
I/O Connecting Cable
[email protected]@1
Note: This is for CS1 Units only. Use
[email protected]@3 for C200H Units.
[email protected]@@/[email protected]@@
[email protected]@@/[email protected]@@
C200H Expansion Rack
(30 cm, 70 cm, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m,
10 m, 12 m)
C200HX/HG/HE
Power Supply Units
Expansion I/O Backplane
C200H I/O
Connecting Cable
C200H Expansion Rack
[email protected]@1(-V1)
(3, 5, 8, or 10 slots)
[email protected]@1
C200HW-PA204/
204S/204R/209R/PD024
(30 cm, 70 cm, 2 m, 5 m, 10 m)
CS1 CPU Bus Units
Loop Control
Unit
CS1W-LC001
272
Serial Communications Unit
CS1W-SCU21-V1
Ethernet Unit
Controller Link Unit
Motion Controller Unit DeviceNet Unit
CS1W-ETN21
CS1D-ETN21D
CS1W-CLK21/12/52-V1
CS1W-MCH71
PROFIBUS-DP
Unit
CS1W-DRM21-V1
CS1W-PRM21
Programmable Controllers
Basic I/O Units
Note: C200H Basic I/O Units and High-density I/O (Group-2) Units can also be used.
C200H Basic I/O Unit
P207
64 pts
Input Unit:
CS1W-ID261
32 pts
Input Unit:
CS1W-ID231
16 pts
Input Unit:
CS1W-ID211
32 inputs/32 outputs 48 inputs/48 outputs
I/O Unit:
I/O Unit:
[email protected]
[email protected]/561
Interrupt Input Unit
16 pts
AC Input Unit:
CS1W-IA111/211
Analog Timer Unit
96 pts
Input Unit:
CS1W-ID291
16 pts
Output Unit:
[email protected]
32 pts
Output Unit:
[email protected]
64 pts
Output Unit:
[email protected]
96 pts
Output Unit:
[email protected]
8 pts
8 pts (independent) 16 pts
16 pts
32 inputs/32 outputs
Triac Output Unit: Triac Output Unit: Relay Output Unit: Relay Output Unit: TTL I/O Unit:
CS1W-OA201
CS1W-OC201
CS1W-OA211
CS1W-OC211
CS1W-MD561
(available soon)
High-speed Input
Unit
Safety Relay Unit
Interrupt function
supported on CPU
Rack only.
(Two Units
mountable on
CPU Rack.)
16 pts
CS1W-INT01
C200H-TM001
16 pts
CS1W-IDP01
CS1W-SF200
Special I/O Units
CS1 Special I/O Unit
Analog Input Unit
CS1W-AD041-V1
/081-V1
Process I/O Unit
[email protected]@@(-V1)
Motion Control Unit
CS1W-MC221/421
Position Control
Unit
[email protected]@@
Analog Output Unit
CS1W-DA041/
08V/08C
High-speed Counter
Unit
CS1W-CT021/041
Analog I/O Unit
CS1W-MAD44
ID Sensor Units*
CS1W-V600C11/
-V600C12
SSI input unit
CS1W-CTS21
C200H Special I/O Unit
Temperature
Sensor Units
[email protected]@@
High-speed
Counter Units*
[email protected]@@
Temperature
Control Units
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@@
2-axis Motion
Control Unit*
C200H-MC221
PID Control Units
[email protected]
Position Control
Units*
[email protected]@@
ID Sensor Units*
4-axis Motion
[email protected]@
Control Unit*
C200H-MC402E
CAN(open) Unit PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP I/O
C200HWMaster Unit
Link Unit
CORT21-V1
C200HW-PRM21 C200HW-PRT21
ASCII Units*
[email protected]@
GP-IB Interface
Unit
CS1W-GPI01
DeviceNet I/O
Link Unit
C200HW-DRT21
CompoBus/S
Master Unit
C200HW-SRM21-V1
Note: HMC-372/672 Memory Cards cannot be used with [email protected]@H, [email protected]@H, CJ1G-CP[email protected]@H, or [email protected]@H CPU Units prior to Lot No. 02108 (manufactured prior
to January 8, 2002, nor with NS-7-series PTs prior to Lot. No. 0852 (manufactured prior to May 8, 2002). Check lot numbers before ordering.
The following restrictions exist in data transfers with the CPU Unit for bit and DM Area specifications for the C200H Special I/O Units marked with
asterisks, as well as in data transfers programmed from these Units. Refer to CS-series PLC Operation manuals for details.
• Converting data for the CPU Unit using bit and DM Area specifications (source/destination area type and addresss designation).
• Exchanging data with the CPU Unit using instructions (PC READ, PC WRITE, etc.) in the C200H Special I/O Unit program.
273
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 273 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 274 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1H/[email protected]@H
CS1-series
Indicators
Inner Board Compartment
An Inner Board can be mounted here.
Memory Card Indicators
The MCPWR indicator lights green when
power is being supplied. The BUSY indicator
lights orange when the Memory Card is being
accessed.
Memory Card Power Supply Switch
The Memory Card power supply switch is
pressed to turn OFF power before removing
the Memory Card.
Memory Card Eject Button
Press the Memory Card eject button
to remove the Memory Card.
Peripheral Port
The peripheral port connects
Programming Devices, such as
a Programming Console or host
computer.
RS-232C Port
The RS-232C port connects
Peripheral Devices other than
Programming Consoles, such as
host computers, general-purpose
external devices, and Programmable Terminals.
Memory Card Connector
Memory Card (See note.)
With the CS1 PLCs, Memory Cards and specified ranges of the EM Area can be used as file memory. File memory can be used to store the entire
user program, I/O memory contents, and/or parameter area contents.
File memory
Memory type
Flash memory
Memory Cards
RAM
EM File Memory
EM area
Bank 0
Bank n
Capacity
30 MB
Model
HMC-EF372
64 MB
HMC-EF672
EM Area capacity of CPU Unit (Max. capacity for From the specified bank in the EM area of
CS1H-CPU67: 832 KB).
I/O memory to the last bank (specified in
PC Setup).
EM File
Memory
Bank C
Note: Memory Card Adapter: HMC-AP001 (The Memory Card Adapter can be used to mount Memory Cards in PC card slots to use the Cards on
a personal computer.)
274
Programmable Controllers
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 275 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Specifications
CPU Units
Model
I/O bits
Program capacity
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1D-CPU67H
CS1D-CPU67S
CS1D-CPU67P
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1D-CPU65H
CS1D-CPU65S
CS1D-CPU65P
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1G-CPU45H
5,120 bits
(Up to 7 Expansion Racks)
250 kSteps
Data memory capacity
(See Note.)
448 kWords
120 kSteps
60 kSteps
256 kWords
128 kWords
30 kSteps
20 kSteps
60 kSteps
64 kWords
128 kWords
30 kSteps
64 kWords
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1D-CPU44S
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1D-CPU42S
5,120 bits
(Up to 7 Expansion Racks)
1,280 bits
(Up to 3 Expansion Racks)
960 bits
(Up to 2 Expansion Racks)
LD instruction processing speed
Built-in ports
Options
0.02 µs
Peripheral port and Memory Cards
RS-232C port.
Inner Board such as Serial
Communications Board,
Loop Control Board
(See note 1.)
0.04 µs
20 kSteps
10 kSteps
Note: The available data memory capacity is the sum of the Data Memory (DM) and the Extended Data Memory (EM).
Note: 1. A Loop Control Board cannot be mounted in [email protected]@D, use [email protected]@P instead.
A Serial communications Board cannot be mounted in [email protected]@P.
Common Specifications
Item
Control method
I/O control method
Programming
Instruction length
Ladder instructions
Execution time
Function Blocks (CPU Ver. 3.0 or higher)
Number of tasks
Specification
Stored program
Cyclic scan and immediate processing
Ladder diagram
1 to 7 steps per instruction
Approx. 400 (3-digit function codes)
Basic instructions: 0.02 μs min., Special instructions: 0.04 μs min.
Languages supported for use in function block programming: Ladder program language and IEC 61131-3 Structured Text.
288 (256 of which are also used as interrupt tasks)
Cyclic tasks are executed each cycle and are controlled with TKON(820) and TKOF(821) instructions.
The following 4 types of interrupt tasks are supported: Power OFF tasks:1 max., Scheduled interrupt tasks: 2 max.,
I/O interrupt tasks: 32 max., External interrupt tasks: 256 max.
Interrupt types
Scheduled Interrupts:Interrupts generated at a time scheduled by CPU Unit’s built-in timer.
(not applicable for CS1D CPUs)
I/O Interrupts:Interrupts from Interrupt Input Units.
Power OFF Interrupts:Interrupts executed when CPU Unit’s power is turned OFF.
External I/O Interrupts:Interrupts from Special I/O Units, CS1 Special Units, or Inner Board.
CIO (Core I/O)
I/O Area
5,120: CIO 000000 to CIO 031915 (320 words from CIO 0000 to CIO 0319)
Area
Setting of first rack words can be changed from default (CIO 0000) so that CIO 0000 to CIO 0999 can be used.
(The CIO Area can
I/O bits are allocated to Basic I/O Units, such as CS1 Basic I/O Units, C200H Basic I/O Units, and C200H Group-2 Highbe used as work
density I/O Units.
bits if not used as Link Area
3,200 (200 words): CIO 10000 to CIO 119915 (words CIO 1000 to CIO 1199)
shown here.)
Link bits are used for data links and are allocated to Units in Controller Link Systems and PC Link Systems.
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
6,400 (400 words): CIO 150000 to CIO 189915 (words CIO 1500 to CIO 1899)
Area
CS1 CPU Bus Unit bits store operating status of CS1 CPU Bus Units. (25 words per Unit, 16 Units max.)
Special I/O Unit Area 15,360 (960 words): CIO 200000 to CIO 295915 (words CIO 2000 to CIO 2959)
Special I/O Unit bits are allocated to CS1 Special I/O Units and C200H Special I/O Units. (See Note.)
(10 words per Unit, 96 Units max.) The maximum number of slots, however, is limited to 80 including expansion slots, so
maximum number of Units is actually 80.)
Note: Some I/O Units are classified as Special I/O Units.
Inner Board Area
1,600 (100 words): CIO 190000 to CIO 199915 (words CIO 1900 to CIO 1999)
Inner Board bits are allocated to Inner Boards. (100 I/O words max.)
SYSMAC BUS Area 800 (50 words): CIO 300000 to CIO 304915 (words CIO 3000 to CIO 3049)
SYSMAC BUS bits are allocated to Slave Racks connected to SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Master Units. (10 words per Rack,
5 Racks max.)
Note: A max. of 10 or 16 C200H Special I/O Units can be used depending on the CPU Unit. Some I/O Units are Special I/O Units.
CS1-series
275
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 276 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Item
CIO (Core I/O) Ar- I/O Terminal Area
ea, contd.
(The CIO Area can
be used as work C200H Special I/O
bits if not used as Unit Area
shown here.)
DeviceNet/
PROFIBUS-DP
Area
PC Link Area
Internal I/O Area
Work Area
Holding Area
Auxiliary Area
Temporary Area
Timer Area
Counter Area
DM Area
EM Area
Data Registers
Index Registers
Task Flag Area
Trace Memory
File Memory
276
Specification
512 (32 words): CIO 310000 to CIO 313115 (words CIO 3100 to CIO 3131)
I/O Terminal bits are allocated to I/O Terminal Units (but not to Slave Racks) connected to SYSMAC BUS Remote I/O Master Units. (1 word per Terminal, 32 Terminals max.)
8,196 (512 words): CIO 000000 to CIO 051115 (words CIO 0000 to CIO 0511)
C200H Special I/O Unit bits are allocated to C200H Special I/O Units and allow access separate from I/O refreshing.
1,600 (100 words):Outputs: CIO 005000 to CIO 009915 (words CIO 0050 to CIO 0099)
Inputs: CIO 035000 to CIO 039915 (words CIO 0350 to CIO 0399)
DeviceNet bits are allocated to Slaves according to DeviceNet remote I/O communications.
64 bits (4 words): CIO 027400 to CIO 025015 (words CIO 0247 to CIO 0250)
When a PC Link Unit is used in a PC Link, use these bits to monitor PC Link errors and operating status of other CPU Units
in PC Link.
4,800 (300 words): CIO 120000 to CIO 149915 (words CIO 1200 to CIO 1499)
37,504 (2,344 words): CIO 380000 to CIO 614315 (words CIO 3800 to CIO 6143)
These bits in CIO Area are used as work bits in programming to control program execution. They cannot be used for external
I/O.
8,192 bits (512 words): W00000 to W51115 (words W000 to W511)
Control programs only. (I/O from external I/O terminals is not possible.)
Note: When using work bits in programming, use bits in Work Area first before using bits from other areas.
8,192 bits (512 words): H00000 to H51115 (words H000 to H511)
Holding bits are used to control execution of program, and maintain their ON/OFF status when PLC is turned OFF or
operating mode is changed. Part of the Holding area is used for allocation of Function Block variables in CPU Ver. 3.0 and
higher.
Read only: 7,168 bits (448 words): A00000 to A44715 (words A000 to A447)
Read/write: 8,192 bits (512 words): A44800 to A95915 (words A448 to A959)
Auxiliary bits are allocated specific functions.
16 bits (TR00 to TR15) Temporary bits are used to store ON/OFF execution conditions at program branches.
4,096: T0000 to T4095 (used for timers only)
4,096: C0000 to C4095 (used for counters only)
32 kWords: D00000 to D32767
Used as a general-purpose data area for reading and writing data in word units (16 bits). Words in DM Area maintain their
status when PLC is turned OFF or operating mode is changed.
Internal Special I/O Unit DM Area: D20000 to D29599 (100 words × 96 Units). Used to set parameters.
CS1 CPU Bus Unit DM Area: D30000 to D31599 (100 words × 16 Units). Used to set parameters.
Inner Board DM Area: D32000 to D32099. Used to set parameters for Inner Boards.
32 kWords per bank, 13 banks max.: E0_00000 to EC_32767 max. (Not available on some CPU Units.)
Used as a general-purpose data area for reading and writing data in word units (16 bits). Words in EM Area maintain their
status when PLC is turned OFF or operating mode is changed.
The EM Area is divided into banks, and addresses can be set by either of following methods.
Changing current bank using EMBC(281) instruction and setting addresses for current bank.
Setting bank numbers and addresses directly.
EM data can be stored in files by specifying number of first bank. (EM file memory)
DR0 to DR15. Store offset values for indirect addressing. Data registers can be used independently in each task.
One register is 16 bits (1 word).
IR0 to IR15. Store PLC memory addresses for indirect addressing. Index registers can be used independently in each task.
One register is 32 bits (2 words).
32 (TK0000 to TK0031). Task Flags are read-only flags that are ON when corresponding cyclic task is executable and OFF
when corresponding task is not executable or in standby status.
4,000 words (500 data trace samples at the maximum sample size of 31 bits and 6 words)
Memory Cards: Compact flash memory cards can be used (MS-DOS format).
EM file memory: Part of EM Area can be converted to file memory (MS-DOS format).
CompactFlash Memory Cards with 15-MB, 30-MB, or 64-MB capacities can be used.
Programmable Controllers
Function Specifications
Item
Parallel Processing Mode
Battery-free operation
Constant cycle time
Cycle time monitoring
I/O refreshing
I/O memory holding when changing operating modes
Load OFF
Input time constant setting
Mode setting at power-up
Memory Card functions
Filing
Debugging
Online editing
Program protection
Error check
Error log
Serial communications
Clock
Power OFF detection time
Power OFF detection delay time
Memory protection
Sending commands to a Host Link
computer
Remote programming and monitoring
Eight-level communications
(CPU Ver. 3.0 and higher)
Storing comments in CPU Unit
Program check
Control output signals
Battery life
Self-diagnostics
Other functions
CS1-series
Specification
The program can be executed simultaneously with peripheral servicing (CS1G/CS1H only).
Flash memory is provided as a standard feature and automatically backs up the user program and system parameters.
1 to 32,000 ms (Unit: 1 ms)
Possible (Unit stops operating if cycle is too long): 1 to 40,000 ms (Unit: 10 ms)
Cyclic refreshing, immediate refreshing, refreshing by IORF(097).
Possible (Depends on ON/OFF status of IOM Hold Bit in Auxiliary Area.)
All outputs on Output Units can be turned OFF.
Time constants can be set for inputs from CS1 Basic I/O Units. The time constant can be increased to reduce influence of
noise and chattering or it can be decreased to detect shorter pulses on inputs. (CS1 Basic I/O Units only)
Possible
Automatic reading programs from Memory Card (autoboot).
Memory Card Storage Data
User program: Program file format (binary)
PC System Setup: Data file format (binary)
I/O Memory: Data file format (binary), text format, CSV format
Memory Card Read/Write
User program instructions, Peripheral Devices (such as Programming Console), Host Link computer.
Memory Card data and EM (Extended Data Memory) Area can be handled as files.
Force-set/reset, differential monitoring, data tracing (scheduled, each cycle, or when instruction is executed), instruction error
tracing.
One or more program blocks in user programs can be overwritten when CPU Unit is in PROGRAM or MONITOR mode.
This function is not available for block programming areas.
Overwrite protection:Set using DIP switch.
Copy protection: Password set using Peripheral Device.
User-defined errors (i.e., user can define fatal errors and non-fatal errors)
The FPD(269) instruction can be used to check execution time and logic of each programming block.
Up to 20 errors are stored in error log. Information includes error code, error details, and time error occurred.
Built-in peripheral port: Peripheral Device (including Programming Console), Host Links, NT Links
Built-in RS-232C port: Peripheral Device (excluding Programming Console), Host Links, no-protocol communications,
NT Links
Communications Board (sold separately): Protocol macros, Host Links, NT Links
Provided on all models.
Note: Used to store time when power is turned ON and when errors occur.
10 to 25 ms (not fixed)
0 to 10 ms (user-defined, default: 0 ms)
Held Areas: Holding bits, contents of Data Memory and Extended Data Memory, and status of counter Completion Flags and
present values.
Note: If IOM Hold Bit in Auxiliary Area is turned ON, and PC Setup is set to maintain IOM Hold Bit status when power to
PLC is turnedl ON, contents of CIO Area, Work Area, part of Auxiliary Area, timer Completion Flag and PVs, Index
Registers, and Data Registers will be saved.
FINS commands can be sent to a computer connected via Host Link System by executing Network Communications
Instructions from PLC.
Host Link communications can be used for remote programming and remote monitoring through a Controller Link System or
Ethernet network.
Host Link communications can be used for remote programming and remote monitoring from devices on networks up to
seven levels away (Controller Link Network, Ethernet Network, or other network).
I/O comments can be stored in CPU Unit in Memory Cards, EM file memory, or the built-in Comment memory
(CPU Ver. 3.0 and higher)
Program checks are performed at beginning of operation for items such as no END instruction and instruction errors.
A Peripheral Device (excluding Programming Console) can also be used to check programs.
RUN output: The contacts will turn ON (close) while CPU Unit is operating. These terminals are provided only on C200HWPA204R and C200HW-PA209R Power Supply Units.
5 years at 25° C (Depending on the ambient operating temperature and communications conditions, 1.1 years min. Battery
Set: CS1W-BAT01)
Note: Use a replacement battery that is no more than 2 years old from the date of manufacture.
CPU errors (watchdog timer), I/O verification errors, I/O bus errors, memory errors, and battery errors.
Storage of number of times power has been interrupted, the times of the interrupts, and system operation time (in Auxiliary
Area).
277
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 277 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 278 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Specifications - Power Supply Units
Item
Power Supply Unit
Supply voltage
Operating voltage range
Power consumption
Inrush current
Specifications
C200HW-PA204
C200HW-PA204S
C200HW-PA204R
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
85 to 132 V AC or 170 to 264 V AC
120 VA max.
30 A max.
Output capacity
4.6 A, 5 V DC (including CPU Unit power)
0.625 A, 26 V DC
Total: 30 W
Output terminal
Not provided
0.625 A, 26 V DC or
0.625 A, 24 V DC
0.8 A, 24 V DC
Total: 30 W
Total: 30 W
24 V DC load current Not provided
consumption
Less than 0.3 A: +17%/
–11%
0.3 A or greater: +10%/
–11%
(Lot No. 0197 or higher)
Contact configuration:
SPST-NO
Switch capacity:
250 V AC, 2 A (resistive load)
250 V AC, 0.5 A (induction load), 24 V DC, 2 A
C200HW-PA209R
C200HW-PD024
24 V DC
19.2 to 28.8 V DC
180 VA max.
40 W max.
30 A max./100 to 120 30 A max.
V AC
40 A max./200 to 240
V AC
9 A, 5 V DC (including 4.6 A, 5 V DC (inCPU Unit power)
cluding CPU Unit
power)
1.3 A, 26 V DC
0.625 A, 26 V DC
Total: 45 W
Total: 30 W
C200HW-PD106R
100 V DC
85 to 143 V DC
50 W max.
6 A, 5 V DC (including
CPU Unit power)
1 A, 26 V DC
Total: 30 W
Not provided
Contact configuration: Not provided
Contact configuration:
SPST-NO
SPST-NO
Switch capacity:
Switch capacity:
240 V AC, 2 A (resis250 V AC, 2 A (resistive load)
tive load)
120 V AC, 0.5 A (in250 V AC, 0.5 A (inductive load)
duction load), 24 V
24 V DC, 2 A (resisDC, 2 A
tive load)
24 V DC, 2 A (inductive load)
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC) between AC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)
20 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC) between DC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)
Dielectric strength
2,300 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)
1,000 V AC 50/
2,300 V AC 50/60 Hz
Leakage current: 10 mA max.
60 Hz for 1 min be- for 1 min between AC
tween DC external external and GR ter1,000 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)
and GR terminals, minals (See Note 1.)
Leakage current: 10 mA max.
leakage current: 10 Leakage current: 10
mA max. (See Note mA max.
1.)
Noise immunity
Conforms to IEC61000-4-4, 2 kV (power lines)
Vibration resistance
10 to 57 Hz, 0.075-mm amplitude, 57 to 150 Hz, acceleration: 9.8 m/s2 in X, Y, and Z directions for 80 minutes
(Sweep time 8 min × 10 = total time 80 min.)
CPU Unit mounted to a DIN rail: 2 to 55 Hz, 2.9 m/s2 in X, Y, and Z directions for 20 minutes. According to JIS C0040 / IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
147 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions According to JIS C0041 / IEC 60068-2-27
Ambient operating tempera- 0 to 55° C
ture
Ambient operating humidity 10% to 90% (with no condensation)
Atmosphere
Must be free from corrosive gases.
Ambient storage tempera- –20 to 75° C (excluding battery)
ture
Grounding
Less than 100 Ω
Enclosure
IP20, intended for panel mounting.
Weight
All models are each 6 kg max.
CPU Rack Dimensions (mm) 2 slots:198.5 × 157 × 123 (W x H x D) 8 slots: 435 × 130 × 123 (W x H x D)
(See note 3.)
3 slots: 260 × 130 × 123 (W x H x D) 10 slots:505 × 130 × 123 (W x H x D)
5 slots: 330 × 130 × 123 (W x H x D)
Product standards
Conforms to UL, CSA, cULus, cUL, NK, Lloyd’s, and EC directives.
cULus
RUN output
(See Note 2.)
Note: 1.
2.
3.
4.
278
Not provided
Disconnect the Power Supply Unit’s LG terminal from the GR terminal when testing insulation and dielectric strength.
Only when mounted to a Backplane.
Depth is 153 mm for C200HW-PA209R.
Enquire separately for general specifications of Process I/O Units.
Programmable Controllers
Specifications - Duplex Power Supply Units
Item
Power Supply Unit
Supply voltage
Operating voltage range
Power consumption
Inrush current
Specifications
CS1D-PA207R
CS1D-PD024
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
24 V DC
85 to 132 V AC or 170 to 264 V AC
19.2 to 28.8 V DC
150 VA max.
40 W max.
30 A max./100 to 120 V AC
30 A max.
40 A max./200 to 240 V AC
Output capacity
7 A, 5 V DC (including CPU Unit power)
4.3 A, 5 V DC (including CPU Unit power)
1.3 A, 26 V DC
0.56 A, 26 V DC
Total: 35 W
Total: 28 W
Output terminal
Not provided
Not provided
RUN output
Contact configuration: SPST-NO
Not provided
(See Note 2.)
Switch capacity:
240 V AC, 2 A (resistive load)
120 V AC, 0.5 A (inductive load)
24 V DC, 2 A (resistive load)
24 V DC, 2 A (inductive load)
Insulation resistance
20 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC) between AC external and GR terminals 20 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC) between DC external and GR terminals
(See Note 2.)
(See Note 2.)
Dielectric strength
2,300 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR ter- 1,000 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between DC external and GR terminals, leakage current: 10 mA max. (See Note 2.)
minals (See Note 2.)
Leakage current: 10 mA max.
1,000 V AC 50/60 Hz for 1 min between AC external and GR terminals (See Note 1.)
Leakage current: 10 mA max.
Noise immunity
Conforms to IEC61000-4-4, 2 kV (power lines)
Vibration resistance
10 to 57 Hz, 0.075-mm amplitude, 57 to 150 Hz, acceleration: 9.8 m/s2 in X, Y, and Z directions for 80 minutes
(Sweep time 8 min × 10 = total time 80 min.)
CPU Unit mounted to a DIN rail: 2 to 55 Hz, 2.9 m/s2 in X, Y, and Z directions for 20 minutes. According to JIS C0040 / IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance
147 m/s2, 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions According to JIS C0041 / IEC 60068-2-27
Ambient operating tempera- 0 to 55° C
ture
Ambient operating humidity 10% to 90% (with no condensation)
Atmosphere
Must be free from corrosive gases.
Ambient storage tempera- –20 to 75° C (excluding battery)
ture
Grounding
Less than 100 Ω
Enclosure
Mounted in a panel.
Weight
All models are each 6 kg max.
CS1-series
279
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 279 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 280 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Basic System Configuration
CPU Rack
CPU Rack
CPU Backplane
A CPU Rack consists of a CPU Unit, Power Supply Unit, CPU Backplane, Basic I/O Units, Special I/O Units, and CPU Bus Units. The
Serial Communications Board and Memory Cards are optional.
Note: The Backplane depends on the type of CPU Rack, Expansion I/
O Racks, and Slave Racks that are used.
Expansion Racks
Both C200H and CS1 Expansion Racks can be used.
• C200H Expansion I/O Racks can be connected to CPU Racks, CS1
Expansion Racks, or other C200H Expansion I/O Racks.
• CS1 Expansion Racks can be connected to CPU Racks or other CS1
Expansion Racks.
An Expansion Rack consists of a Power Supply Unit, a CS1 or C200H
Expansion I/O Backplane, Basic I/O Units, Special I/O Units, and a CS1
CPU Bus Units.
Power
Supply
Unit
I/O Units
Special I/O Units
CS1 CPU Bus Units
Memory Card
Serial Communications
Board
I/O Connecting Cable
Expansion Rack Remote I/O Master Unit
Long-distance Expansion Racks
An I/O Control Unit and I/O Interface Units can be used to extend the
normal limit of 12 m to 50 m for each of two series of CS1 Expansion
Racks. The following Units can be mounted to Long-distance Expansion Racks: CS1 Basic I/O Units, CS1 Special I/O Units, and CS1 CPU
Bus Units. (C200H Units cannot be mounted to Long-distance Expansion Racks.)
I/O Backplane
I/O Units
Special I/O Units
CS1 CPU Bus Units
Power
Supply
Unit
CPU Rack
Configuration
Name
CPU Rack
Configuration
CPU Backplane
CPU Unit
Power Supply Unit
Memory Card
Serial Communications Board
Remarks
One of each Unit required for every CPU Rack.
Refer to the following table for model number.
Install as required.
Refer to the following table for model number.
Products Used in CPU Racks
Name
Model
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CPU Units
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CPU Backplanes
CS1W-BC022
CS1W-BC032
CS1W-BC052
CS1W-BC082
CS1W-BC102
280
Specifications
I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 250 kSteps
Data Memory: 448 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 13 banks)
I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 120 kSteps
Data Memory: 256 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 7 banks)
I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 60 kSteps
Data Memory: 128 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 3 banks)
I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 30 kSteps
Data Memory: 64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)
I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 20 kSteps
Data Memory: 32 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)
I/O bits: 5,120, Program capacity: 60 kSteps
Data Memory: 128 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 3 banks)
I/O bits: 1,280, Program capacity: 30 kSteps
Data Memory: 64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 banks)
I/O bits: 960, Program capacity: 20 kSteps
Data Memory: 64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)
I/O bits: 960, Program capacity: 10 kSteps
Data Memory: 64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords x 1 bank)
2 slots (Connection to Expansion BackThese Backplanes are for CS1 Units only.
plane is not possible.)
Use [email protected]@3 Backplanes if C200H
Units are to be installed.
3 slots
5 slots
8 slots
10 slots
Programmable Controllers
Name
Model
C200HW-PA204
C200HW-PA204S
Power Supply Units
Specifications
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (0.8 A 24 V DC service power)
Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output) Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
24 V DC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output) Output capacity:
9 A, 5 V DC
C200HW-PA204R
C200HW-PD024
C200HW-PA209R
I/O Control Unit
CS1W-IC102
Memory Cards
HMC-EF372
HMC-EF672
HMC-AP001
Serial Communications Boards
CS1W-SCB21-V1
CS1W-SCB41-V1
CQM1-PRO01-E
C200H-PRO27-E
CS1W-CN114
CS1W-CN224
CS1W-CN624
CX-ONE-AL##C-E*1
Programming Consoles
Programming Console Connection
Cables
CX-One
Programming Device Connecting
Cables (for peripheral port)
Programming Device Connecting
Cable (for RS-232C port)
Battery Set
*1
CS1W-CN118
CS1W-CN226
CS1W-CN626
XW2Z-200S-CV
XW2Z-500S-CV
XW2Z-200S-V
XW2Z-500S-V
CS1W-BAT01
Connects to CS1 Expansion Racks (two Terminating Resistors included).
Must be used together with I/O Interface Units to connect Long-distance Expansion
Racks (50 m max.). Not required to connect CS1 Expansion Racks within 12 m.
Flash memory, 30 MB
Flash memory, 64 MB
Memory Card adapter
2 x RS-232C ports, protocol macro function
1 x RS-232C port + 1 x RS-422/485 port, protocol macro function
An English Keyboard Sheet (CS1W-KS001-E) is required.
Connects the CQM1-PRO01-E Programming Console. (Length: 0.05 m)
Connects the C200H-PRO27-E Programming Console. (Length: 2.0 m)
Connects the C200H-PRO27-E Programming Console. (Length: 6.0 m)
Omron's integrated software for programming and configuration of all control system
components, including PLCs, HMI, drives, temperature controllers and advanced sensors.
Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin receptacle (Length: 0.1 m)
Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 2.0 m)
Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 6.0 m)
Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 2.0 m)
Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 5.0 m)
Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 2.0 m) (For Host Link connection)
Connects DOS computer, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 5.0 m) (For Host Link connection)
For CS1 Series only.
Note: Use a replacement battery that is no more than 2 years old from the date of manufacture.
## = Number of licences; 01, 03, 10
Expansion Racks
Expansion Rack Configuration
Rack
CS1 Expansion Rack
Configuration
CS1 Expansion I/O Backplane
Power Supply Unit
For connection to a CPU Backplane or CS1 Expansion I/O Backplane: CS1 I/O
Connecting Cable
For connection to a C200H Expansion I/O Backplane: CS1 to C200H I/O Connecting Cable
C200H Expansion I/O Rack C200H Expansion I/O Backplane
Power Supply Unit
For connection to a CPU Backplane or CS1 Expansion I/O Backplane: CS1 to
C200H I/O Connecting Cable
For connection to a C200H Expansion I/O Backplane: C200H I/O Connecting Cable
Remarks
One of each Unit is required.
One of each Unit is required.
A CS1 Expansion Rack cannot be connected after a
C200H Expansion I/O Rack.
Products Used in Expansion Racks
Name
CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes
Model
CS1W-BI032
CS1W-BI052
CS1W-BI082
CS1W-BI102
C200H Expansion I/O Back- C200HW-BI031
planes
C200HW-BI051
C200HW-BI081-V1
C200HW-BI101-V1
Power Supply Units
C200HW-PA204
C200HW-PA204S
C200HW-PA204R
C200HW-PA209R
C200HW-PD024
CS1-series
Specifications
Cable Length
3 slots
These Backplanes are for CS1 Units --only. Use [email protected]@3 Backplanes
5 slots
if C200H Units are to be installed.
8 slots
10 slots
3 slots
5 slots
8 slots
10 slots
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC
Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC
(with power output terminal: 0.8 A, 24 V DC)
Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)
Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)
Output capacity: 9 A, 5 V DC
24 V DC
281
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 281 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 282 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Name
I/O Interface Unit
Model
CS1W-II102
CS1 I/O Connecting
Cables
CS1W-CN313
Specifications
Cable Length
Connects CS1 Expansion Racks. Must be used together with I/O Control
--Unit to connect Long-distance Expansion Racks (50 m max.). Not required
to connect CS1 Expansion Racks within 12 m.
0.3 m
Connects CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Backplanes or other
CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes.
CS1W-CN713
CS1W-CN223
CS1W-CN323
0.7 m
When using a CS1W-CN313 or CS1W-CN713 I/O Connecting Cable
with a [email protected]@@H CPU Unit, use only Cables produced on or after
September 20, 2001 (production number 2091). Cables with no
production number, a 6-digit production number, or produced before
September 20, 2001, cannot be used.
CS1W-CN523
2m
3m
5m
Reading the production number
CS1W-CN133
CS1W-CN133-B2
@@@@
10 m
Year (e.g., 1997=7)
Month (1 to 9, X (10), Y (11), Z (12))
12 m
Day (01 to 31)
Long-distance
Connecting Cables
CS1-C200H I/O
Connecting Cables
C200H I/O Connecting
Cables
282
CV500-CN312
CV500-CN612
CV500-CN122
CV500-CN222
CV500-CN322
CV500-CN522
CV500-CN132
CV500-CN232
CV500-CN332
CV500-CN432
CV500-CN532
CS1W-CN311
CS1W-CN711
CS1W-CN221
CS1W-CN321
CS1W-CN521
CS1W-CN131
CS1W-CN131-B2
C200H-CN311
C200H-CN711
C200H-CN221
C200H-CN521
C200H-CN131
For Long-distance Expansion Racks
0.3 m
Connects the I/O Control Unit to I/O Interface Units or connects one I/O In- 0.6 m
terface Unit to the next I/O Interface Unit.
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Backplanes or CS1 Ex- 0.3 m
pansion I/O Backplanes.
0.7 m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
12 m
Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to other C200H Expansion I/O 0.3 m
Backplanes.
0.7 m
2m
5m
10 m
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 283 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
Expansion Rack Patterns
The following diagrams show the 5 possible patterns of Expansion Racks.
CPU Rack with CS1 Expansion Racks
CPU Rack
CS1 I/O
Connecting
Cable
CS1 I/O
Connecting
Cable
12 m
CPU Rack with CS1 Expansion Racks and C200H Expansion I/O Racks
CPU Rack
CS1 I/O
Connecting
Cable
CS1 Expansion Rack
12 m
CS1 Expansion Rack
7 Racks
max.
CS1 to
C200H I/O
Connecting
Cable
CS1 Expansion Rack
C200H Expansion
I/O Rack
7 Racks max.
(Three C200H
Expansion I/O
Racks max.)
C200H I/O
Connecting
Cable
CS1 I/O
Connecting
Cable
CS1 Expansion Rack
C200H I/O
Connecting
Cable
C200H Expansion
I/O Rack
CPU Rack with CS1 Long-Distance Expansion Racks
I/O Control Unit
CPU Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cables
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack 50 m
50 m
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Terminating Resistor
CS1-series
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Up to 7
Racks in
2 series
Terminating Resistor
Note: C200H Units cannot be mounted to
Long-distance Expansion Racks.
283
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 284 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CPU Rack with C200H Expansion I/O Racks
CPU Rack
CS1 to
C200H I/O
Connecting
Cable
12 m
C200H I/O
Connecting
Cable
C200H Expansion
I/O Rack
C200H Expansion
I/O Rack
3 Racks max.
C200H I/O
Connecting
Cable
284
C200H Expansion
I/O Rack
Programmable Controllers
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 285 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CPU Rack with CS1 Expansion Rack and CS1 Long-Distance Expansion Racks
CPU Rack
0.7 m
CS1 I/O Connecting Cables
I/O Control Unit CS1 Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cables
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
50 m
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
50 m
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Terminating Resistor
Up to 6
Racks in
2 series
Note:
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1 Expansion Rack
Terminating Resistor
CS1-series
Note: C200H Units cannot be mounted to
Long-distance Expansion Racks. (They
can be mounted to the CS1 Expansion
Rack with the I/O Control Unit
mounted.)
285
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 286 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
System Configuration (Duplex Systems)
Duplex-CPU System
Duplex (DPL) Unit
CS1D-DPL01
CS1D CPU Units for
Duplex-CPU System
CS1D-CPU65H/67H/65P/67P
Duplex CPU Backplane
CS1D-BC052 (See note.)
RUN
ERR/ALM
DPL01
L
INH BKUP
PRPHL COMM
SYSMAC
CS1D-CPU67H
R
RUN
DPL STATUS
ACTIVE
CPU STATUS
ACTIVE
CPU STATUS
LEFT CPU
USE
PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER
CS1D Power Supply Units
CS1D-PA207R/PD024
ERR/ALM
INH BKUP
PRPHL COMM
SYSMAC
CS1D-CPU67H
PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER
NO USE
RIGHT CPU
MCPWR
USE
BUSY
MCPWR
BUSY
NO USE
OPEN
OPEN
CS1D CPU Rack
DPL SW
ON OFF
SPL DPL
ACT. ACT.
LEFT RIGHT
ON
PERIPHERAL
PERIPHERAL
INIT.
SW
PRPHL
COMM
A39512
RSV
ON
PORT
PORT
DUPLEX
Up to 5 Units can be mounted.
CS1-series Basic I/O Units
CS1-series Special I/O Units
CS1-series CPU Bus Units
Note: C200H Units cannot be mounted.
Duplex Power Supply Units
Duplex CPU Units
Single-CPU System
Duplex CPU Backplane
CS1D-BC082S (See note.)
CS1D CPU Units for
Single-CPU System
CS1D-CPU42S/44S/65S/67S
CS1D Power Supply Units
CS1D-PA207R/PD024
RUN
ERR/ALM
INH BKUP
PRPHL COMM
SYSMAC
CS1D-CPU67S
PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER
MCPWR
BUSY
OPEN
CS1D CPU Rack
PERIPHERAL
PORT
Up to 8 Units can be mounted.
CS1-series Basic I/O Units
CS1-series Special I/O Units
CS1-series CPU Bus Units
Note: C200H Units cannot be mounted.
Duplex Power Supply Units
CPU Rack
Long-distance Expansion Racks
A CPU Rack consists of a Duplex CPU Backplane to which CPU Units,
Power Supply Units, a Duplex Unit, CS1-series Basic I/O Units, CS1series Special I/O Units, and CS1-series CPU Bus Units are mounted.
Memory Cards and Inner Boards to mount in the CPU Units are
optional. (Inner Board cannot be mounted to the [email protected]@H/P)
The CPU Units, Power Supply Units, Duplex CPU Backplane, and
Duplex Unit are all designed specifically for CS1D PLCs.
A Long-distance Expansion Rack consists of an Expansion Backplane
to which an I/O Interface Unit, CS1-series Basic I/O Units, CS1-series
Special I/O Units, and CS1-series CPU Bus Units are mounted. An I/O
Control Unit is used to connect to the Long-distance Expansion Racks.
Using Long-distance Expansion Rack increases the normal limit of
12 m for the Rack to 50 m.
Note: Different Backplanes are used for the CPU Rack and Expansion
Racks. Be sure to use the correct Backplane.
With a CS1D Duplex-CPU System, two CPU Units can be mounted to
the CPU Rack for Duplex Mode operation (Duplex Mode), or just one
CPU Unit can be mounted for Simplex Mode operation. In either case,
a Duplex Unit is required.
With a CS1D Single-CPU System, just one CPU Unit is mounted and a
Duplex Unit is not required.
Also, two Power Supply Units can be mounted to any Rack to increase
redundancy. (Racks can also be operated with only one Power Supply
Unit.) With any of these combinations, there are no further restrictions
if the system configuration, e.g., the same number of Expansion Racks
can be used as with the other CS1-series PLCs.
Note: C200H Basic I/O Units, C200H Special I/O Units, and C200H
CPU Bus Units cannot be mounted on any Rack.
Expansion Racks
An Expansion Rack consists of an Expansion Backplane to which
Power Supply Units, CS1-series Basic I/O Units, CS1-series Special I/
O Units, and CS1-series CPU Bus Units are mounted.
The Power Supply Units and Expansion Backplane are designed specifically for CS1D PLCs.
CS1-series Expansion Backplanes and C200H Backplanes cannot be
connected.
286
CS1D PLCs
Programmable Controllers
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 287 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Expansion Patterns for CS1D PLCs
CS1D CPU Rack + CS1D Expansion Rack
CS1D CPU Rack + CS1D Long-distance Expansion Racks
I/O Control Unit
CS1D CPU Rack
CS1D CPU Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1D Expansion Rack
CS1D Expansion Rack
CS1D Expansion Rack
CS1 Connecting
Cable
CS1D Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
7 Expansion Racks max.
CS1 Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1D Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1D Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1D Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1D Expansion Rack
Long-distance Connecting Cable
I/O Interface Unit
CS1D Expansion Rack
Terminating resistance
I/O Interface Unit
CS1D Expansion Rack
7 Expansion Rack max. (total in two series)
CS1 Connecting Cable
Terminating resistance
Name
Long-distance
Connecting Cables
CS1-C200H I/O
Connecting Cables
C200H I/O Connecting
Cables
CS1-series
Model
CV500-CN312
CV500-CN612
CV500-CN122
CV500-CN222
CV500-CN322
CV500-CN522
CV500-CN132
CV500-CN232
CV500-CN332
CV500-CN432
CV500-CN532
CS1W-CN311
CS1W-CN711
CS1W-CN221
CS1W-CN321
CS1W-CN521
CS1W-CN131
CS1W-CN131-B2
C200H-CN311
C200H-CN711
C200H-CN221
C200H-CN521
C200H-CN131
Specifications
For Long-distance Expansion Racks
Connects the I/O Control Unit to I/O Interface Units or connects
one I/O Interface Unit to the next I/O Interface Unit.
Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Backplanes or
CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes.
Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to other C200H Expansion
I/O Backplanes.
Cable Length
0.3 m
0.6 m
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
0.3 m
0.7 m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
12 m
0.3 m
0.7 m
2m
5m
10 m
287
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 288 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Connections to Programming Devices
Serial Communications Units
Serial Communications Board
Peripheral port
RS-232C port
Connecting Cable
XW2Z-200S-CV (See note.)
XW2Z-500S-CV (See note.)
USB-Serial
Conversion Cable
CS1W-CIP31
Hardware
Software
IBM PC/AT or
compatible
CX-One
Note:
288
Refer to the next page for details of cables for connecting to computers. Choose the appropriate
cable for the communications mode.
Programmable Controllers
Hardware
Connecting Cable
NEW
USB-Serial
Conversion Cable
CS1W-CIF31
CS1W-CN226
CS1W-CN626
CS1W-CN118
[email protected]@(@)
RS-232C Cable
NEW
USB-Serial
Conversion Cable
CS1W-CIF31
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 289 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Software
IBM PC/AT or compatible
IBM PC/AT or compatible
CX-One
(See previous page.)
CS1W-CN114
CQM1-CIF02
Connecting
Cable
NEW
USB-Serial
Conversion Cable
CS1W-CIF31
IBM PC/AT or compatible
RS-232C connector (25 pins)
CS1W-CN224
CS1W-CN624
C200H-PRO27-E
CQM1H-PRO01-E
CS1W-KS001-E
CS1W-KS001-E
289
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 290 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programming Consoles
Connecting to the Peripheral Port
CQM1H-PRO01-E
Peripheral port
RS-232C,
9-pin (D-sub)
Cable provided with
CQM1H-PRO01-E (2 m)
Peripheral port
Connecting Cable
Peripheral Port Connecting Cables
CS1W-KS001-E
Key Sheet
CQM1-PRO01-E
Programming
Model
CQM1H-PRO01-E
Cable
Not required.
Cable length
---
C200H-PRO27-E
CS1W-KS001-E
Key Sheet
C200H-PRO27-E
Programming Console
CS1W-CN224: 2.0 m
CS1W-CN624: 6.0 m
Cable
Length
CS1W-CN226
CS1W-CN626
2.0 m
6.0 m
The following cables can be used for an RS-232C connection from the
computer to the peripheral port.
Mode
Connecting cables
Peripheral
bus or
Host Link
Host Link
XW2Z-200S-CV or
XW2Z-500S-CV
Length
CS1WCN118
Cable
CS1W-CN224
CS1W-CN624
2 or 5 m +
0.1 m
Computer
connector
D-sub,
9-pin, male
XW2Z-200S-V or
XW2Z-500S-V
Connecting to the RS-232C Port
Peripheral port
RS-232C ports on Serial
Communications Board
RS-232C,
9-pin (D-sub)
Model
C200H-PR027-E
Computer
connector
D-sub, 9-pin,
male
RS-232C cable
XW2Z-200S-CV (2 m)
XW2Z-500S-CV (5 m)
Cable length
2.0 m
6.0 m
RS-232C port on CPU Unit
RS-232C Port Connecting Cables
Windows-based Programming Software: CX-Programmer
Name
CX-Programmer
Model
[email protected]@
For 1 license
[email protected]@ For 3 licenses
[email protected]@ For 10 licenses
Specifications
OS: Windows
95/98 or
Windows NT/Me/
2000/XP
Mode
Cable
Peripheral XW2Z-200S-CV
bus or
XW2Z-500S-CV
Host Link
Length
2.0 m
5.0 m
Computer connector
D-sub, 9-pin, male
Note: Cables with model numbers ending in “CV” are antistatic.
The following cables can be used for an RS-232C connection from the
computer to an RS-232C port. (Unlike cables with model numbers
ending in “-CV,” however, these cables do not support peripheral bus
connection and do not have anti-static specifications.)
Mode
Host Link
Cable
XW2Z-200S-V
XW2Z-500S-V
Length
2.0 m
5.0 m
Computer connector
D-sub, 9-pin, male
The following serial communications modes can be used to connect a
computer with the CX-Programmer to a CS1 PLC.
Mode
Features
Peripheral bus The faster mode, peripheral bus is generally used for
CX-Programmer connections.
Only 1:1 connections are possible. The baud rate is
automatically detected with the CS1.
Host Link
A standard protocol for host computers.
Slower than peripheral bus, but allows modem or optical adapter connections, or long-distance or 1:N connections
via RS422A/485.
290
Programmable Controllers
Using a USB-Serial Conversion Cable to Connect to a Peripheral or RS-232C Port
Applicable Software
CS1W-CIF31
USB-Serial Conversion Cable
Serial Connecting Cable:
IBM PC/AT or compatible CS1W-CN226/CN626
XW2Z-200S-CV/500S-CV
with USB port
XW2Z-200S-V/500S-V
CQM1-CIF02
Peripheral or RS-232C port
CX-Programmer, CX-Simulator, CX-Protocol, CX-Motion, CX-Positioner, CS-Process, DeviceNet Configurator, PLC Reporter 32, CX-Designer, and NT Support Software for Windows (NTST) (See note.)
Note: There are restrictions to the COM port numbers that can be used
for the NTST.
Applicable Communications Middleware
FinsGateway and CX-Server
General Specifications of USB-Serial Conversion Cable
USB interface standard
DTE speed
Connectors
On computer
On PLC
Power supply
Current consumption
Operating envi- Ambient
ronment
temperature
Ambient
humidity
Ambient
atmosphere
Weight
Conforms to USB Specification 1.1.
115.2 Kbits/s
USB (A plug connector, male)
RS-232C (D-sub, 9-pin, female)
Bus power (supplied from upstream, 5 V
DC)
35 mA
0 to 55 ° C
10% to 90% (with no condensation)
Applicable PLCs and PTs
The OMRON PLCs and PTs supported by the applicable software can
be used. These are listed below.
PLCs
CS Series, CJ Series, C Series (C200HS, C200HX/HG/HE, C200H,
C1000H, C2000H, CQM1, CPM1, CPM1A, SRMT, CQM1H, and
CPM2C), CVM1, and CV Series
PTs
NS Series and NT Series
No corrosive gases
50 g
OS with Drivers for USB-Serial Conversion Cable
Windows 98, ME, 2000, or XP
Peripheral Port Connecting Cables
Computer
IBM PC/AT or
compatible
Serial Communications
Node
Tool bus or SYSMAC WAY
Connecting Cable model number
Length
Computer connector
CS1W-CIF31
0.5 m + 2.0 m
0.5 m + 6.0 m
0.5 m +
(2.0 m or 5.0 m)
+ 0.1 m
0.5 m +
(2.0 m or 5.0 m)
+ 0.1 m
USB (A plug connector)
CS1W-CIF31
SYSMAC WAY
CS1W-CIF31
CS1W-CN226
CS1W-CN626
XW2Z-200S-CV/
XW2Z-500S-CV
CS1W-CN118
XW2Z-200S-V/
XW2Z-500S-V
RS-232C Port Connecting Cables
Computer
Serial Communications Connecting Cable model number
Node
IBM PC/AT or compatible Tool bus or SYSMAC WAY CS1W-CIF31
XW2Z-200S-CV
XW2Z-500S-CV
SYSMAC WAY
CS1W-CIF31
XW2Z-200S-V
(See note.)
XW2Z-500S-V
(See note.)
Length
Computer connector
0.5 m + 2.0 m
0.5 m + 5.0 m
0.5 m + 2.0 m
USB (A plug connector)
0.5 m + 5.0 m
Connection in Tool Bus Mode is not possible. The connector does not have ESD measures.
291
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 291 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 292 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Dimensions
Unit: mm
Backplane
CPU Backplanes
Unit: mm
Backplane
CS1W-BC022/023 (2 slots)
CS1W-BC032/033 (3 slots)
CS1W-BC052/053 (5 slots)
CS1W-BC082/083 (8 slots)
CS1W-BC102/103 (10 slots)
CS1D-BC052/082S
(Duplex System)
A
172.3
246
316
421
491
B
145
118
W
198.5
260
330
435
505
H
157
132
D
123
Backplanes
CPU Backplane with 2 Slots
Model
CS1W-BC022/023 (2 slots)
CS1W-BC032/033 (3 slots)
CS1W-BC052/053 (5 slots)
CS1W-BC082/083 (8 slots)
CS1W-BC102/103 (10 slots)
CS1D-BC052/082S
(Duplex System)
CS1 Expansion
CS1W-BI032/033 (3 slots)
Backplanes
CS1W-BI052/053 (5 slots)
CS1W-BI082/083 (8 slots)
CS1W-BI102/103 (10 slots)
CS1D-BI092
(Duplex System)
C200H Expansion I/O C200HW-BI031 (3 slots)
Backplanes
C200HW-BI051 (5 slots)
C200HW-BI081-V1
(8 slots)
C200HW-BI101-V1
(10 slots)
A
172.3
246
316
421
491
W
198.5
260
330
435
505
246
316
421
491
260
330
435
505
175
245
350
189
259
364
420
434
Four, M4
Mounting Depth
CS1W-BC023
CPU Backplane
145±0.3
The depth of all Racks is from 118 to 153 mm depending on the Units
that are mounted. Additional depth is required to connect Peripheral
Devices and Cables. Be sure to allow sufficient mounting depth.
172.3±0.3
Note: Expansion Backplanes cannot be connected to 2-slot CPU Backplanes.
CPU Backplane with 3, 5, 8, or 10 Slots
Four, M4
A±0.3
118 to 153 mm
180 to 223 mm
130
66 min.
130
Four, M4
CPU Backplane
A±0.3
Expansion Backplane
118±0.3
80
118±0.3
Note: I/O Connecting Cables require sufficient space to maintain the
min. bending radius.
CS1 I/O Connecting Cable
(Cable diameter: 8.6 mm)
R ≥ 69 mm
R ≥ 41 mm
W
CS1 to C200H I/O Connecting Cable
(Cable diameter: 5.1 mm)
R ≥ 41 mm
292
C200H I/O Connecting Cable
(Cable diameter: 5.1 mm)
Long-distance Connecting Cable
(Cable diameter: 10 mm)
R ≥ 80 mm
Programmable Controllers
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 293 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
I/O Allocations
I/O Allocations
In CS1 PLCs, part of the I/O memory is allocated to each Unit. Units are divided into the following 3 groups for allocations.
• Basic I/O Units
• Special I/O Units
• CS1 CPU Bus Units
Basic I/O Units
Allocations
CIO Area:
CIO 0000 to CIO 0319 (See Note 1.)
(Memory is allocated in word units in order of mounting position in the Racks.)
Note
CS1 Basic I/O Units
C200H Basic I/O Units
1.
The Rack's first word setting can be changed from the default setting
(CIO 0000) to any word from CIO 0000 to CIO 9999. The first word
setting can be changed only with a Programming Device other than a
Programming Console.
2.
The unit number setting on the front of C200H Group-2 High-density
I/O Units is ignored. Words are allocated to these Units based on their
location in the Rack.
C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units
(See Note 2.)
Special I/O Units
Allocations
Special I/O Unit Area:
CIO 2000 to CIO 2959
(Each Unit is allocated ten words based on its unit number.)
Note 1.
2.
CS1 Special I/O Units
Although there are 96 unit number settings, a maximum of 80 Units
can actually be mounted to a PLC because that is the maximum
number of slots possible.
Some Units classified as I/O Units (namely C200H High-density I/O
Units) are actually treated as Special I/O Units.
C200H Special I/O Units
(See Note 2.)
CS1 CPU Bus Units
Allocations
CS1 CPU Bus Unit Area:
CIO 1500 to CIO 1899
(Each Unit is allocated 25 words based on its unit number.)
CS1 CPU Bus Units
Power Supply Unit
1. CPU Rack
Basic I/O Units on the CPU Rack are allocated words left to right; Units
are allocated as many words as required in word units. With CPU Ver.
2.0 and higher it is possible to specify start addresses per rack or per
slot.
CIO
0000
Power Supply Unit
Allocation Methods
Slot numbers 2, 3, 5, 8, and 10
CPU Unit
Basic I/O Units include CS1 Basic I/O Units, C200H Basic I/O Units,
and C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units.
Allocated words in the CIO Area: CIO 0000 to CIO 0319
Basic I/O Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack, CS1 Expansion
Racks, and C200HX/HG/HE Expansion I/O Racks.
Note: CS1 Basic I/O Units cannot be mounted to C200HX/HG/HE
Expansion I/O Racks.
CPU Unit
Allocations to Basic I/O Unit Groups
CPU Rack
Example
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
64
32
8
16
8
CIO
CIO
CIO CIO 0002 CIO 0007
0000 0001
0006
to
to
0005
0008
CPU Rack
293
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 294 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Series Series B
A
CS1 Expansion
Rack
CS1 Expansion
Rack
Power Supply Unit
CPU Unit
I/O Control
Unit
CS1
Expansion
Rack
I/O Interface
Unit
CS1 Expansion
Rack
Terminating I/O Interface
resistance Unit
Power Supply Unit
Power Supply Unit
Words allocated
in order from
Rack nearest
CPU Rack.
CPU Rack
Power Supply Unit
Power Supply Unit
CPU Rack
3. CS1 Long-distance Expansion Racks
Words are allocated to series A and then series B. Otherwise, allocations are the same as for other Racks.
Power Supply Unit
CPU Unit
CIO
0000
Power Supply Unit
2. Allocations to CS1 Expansion and C200H Expansion I/O Racks
I/O allocations to Basic I/O Units continue from the CPU Rack to the
Expansion Racks. Words are allocated from left to right and each Unit
is allocated as many words as it requires in word units, just like Units in
the CPU Rack.
CS1 Expansion
Rack
Power Supply Unit
I/O Interface
Unit
Terminating
resistance
294
CS1 Expansion
Rack
I/O Interface
Unit
Programmable Controllers
Allocations to Special I/O Units
Allocations to CS1 CPU Bus Units
Special I/O Units include CS1 Special I/O Units and C200H Special I/O
Units.
Each of these Units is allocated ten words in the Special I/O Unit Area
(CIO 2000 to CIO 2959).
Special /O Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack, CS1 Expansion
Racks, and C200H Expansion I/O Racks. (See note.)
Note: CS1 Special I/O Units cannot be mounted to C200H Expansion
I/O Racks.
Each Unit is allocated 10 words in the Special I/O Unit Area, as shown
in the following table.
Each CS1 CPU Bus Unit is allocated 25 words in the CS1 CPU Bus Unit
Area (CIO 1500 to CIO 1899).
CS1 CPU Bus Units can be mounted to the CPU Rack or CS1 Expansion Racks.
Each Unit is allocated 25 words in the CPU Bus Unit Area, as shown in
the following table.
Unit number
0
1
2
...
15
...
95
Words allocated
CIO 2000 to CIO 2009
CIO 2010 to CIO 2019
CIO 2020 to CIO 2029
...
CIO 2150 to CIO 2159
...
CIO 2950 to CIO 2959
Unit number
0
1
2
...
15
Words allocated
CIO 1500 to CIO 1524
CIO 1525 to CIO 1549
CIO 1550 to CIO 1574
...
CIO 1875 to CIO 1899
Note: CS1 CPU Bus Units are ignored during I/O allocation to Basic I/
O Units. Slots containing CS1 CPU Bus Units are treated as
empty slots.
Note: Special I/O Units are ignored during I/O allocation to Basic I/O
Units. Slots containing Special I/O Units are treated as empty
slots.
Current Consumption
The amount of current/power that can be supplied to the Units mounted in a Rack is limited by the capacity of the Rack’s Power Supply Unit. The
system must be designed so that the total current consumption of the Units does not exceed the maximum current for each voltage group and the
total power consumption does not exceed the maximum for the Power Supply Unit.
CPU Racks and Expansion Racks
The following table shows the maximum currents and power that can be supplied by Power Supply Units on CPU Racks and Expansion Racks
(both CS1 Expansion Racks and C200H Expansion I/O Racks).
Note: 1. When calculating current/power consumption in a CPU Rack, be sure to include the power required by the CPU Backplane and CPU Unit
themselves.
2. Likewise, be sure to include the power required by the Expansion Backplane itself when calculating current/power consumption in an
Expansion Rack.
Power Supply Unit
Max. Current Consumption
5-V group
4.6 A
4.6 A
4.6 A
4.6 A
9.0 A
6.0 A
7.0 A
4.3 A
C200HW-PA204
C200HW-PA204S
C200HW-PA204R
C200HW-PD204
C200HW-PA209R
C200HW-PD106R
CS1D-PA207R
CS1D-PD024
26-V group
0.6 A
0.6 A
0.6 A
0.6 A
1.3 A
1.0 A
1.3 A
0.56 A
24-V group
None
0.8 A
None
None
None
None
None
None
Max. Total Power
Consumption
30 W
30 W
30 W
30 W
45 W
30 W
35 W
28 W
Be sure both Condition 1 and Condition 2 are met.
Condition 1: Maximum Current Supply
1. Current required at 5 V DC by all Units (A) ≤Max. Current shown in table
2. Current required at 26 V DC by all Units (B) ≤Max. Current shown in table
3. Current required at 24 V DC by all Units (C) ≤Max. Current shown in table
Condition 2: Maximum Total Current Supply
1. A × 5 V DC + B × 26 V DC + C × 24 V DC ≤Max. Power shown in table
Example Calculations
In this example, the following Units are mounted to a CPU Rack with a C200HW-PA204S Power Supply Unit.
Unit
CPU Backplane
(8 slots)
CPU Unit
Input Units
Model
CS1W-BC083
CS1H-CPU67-EV1
C200H-ID216
CS1W-ID291
Output Units
C200H-OC221
Special I/O Unit
C200H-NC213
CPU Bus Unit
CS1W-CLK21
Service Power Supply Unit (24 V DC)
Total current/power consumption
13.15+3.9+7.2 = 24.25 (≤30 W)
Quantity
1
5- V DC
0.11 A
26- V DC
---
24- V DC
---
1
2
2
2
1
1
0.3 A used
1.10 A
0.10 A
0.20 A
0.01 A
0.30 A
0.50 A
--2.63 A (≤4.6) x 5 V = 13.15W
------0.075 A
------0.15 A 〈 ≤0.6A) x 26 V = 3.9 W
------------0.3 A
0.3 A 〈 ≤0.8A) x 24 V = 7.2 W
295
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 295 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 296 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Current Consumption Tables
Category
CS1 Input
Units
5- V DC Voltage Group
Name
CPU Units
(These values include current
consumption by a Programming
Console.)
Model
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1D-CPU67H
CS1D-CPU67S
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1D-CPU65H
CS1D-CPU65S
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1D-CPU44S
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1D-CPU42S
Duplex Process CPU Units
CS1D-CPU67P
CS1D-CPU65P
Loop Control Boards
CS1W-LCB01
CS1W-LCB05
Serial Communication Boards
CS1W-SCB21-V1
CS1W-SCB41-V1
CPU Backplanes (for CS1 Units CS1W-BC022
only)
CS1W-BC032
CS1W-BC052
CS1W-BC082
CS1W-BC102
CPU Backplanes
CS1W-BC023
CS1W-BC033
CS1W-BC053
CS1W-BC083
CS1W-BC103
I/O Control Unit
CS1W-IC102
CS1 Expansion Backplanes (for CS1W-BI032
CS1 Units only)
CS1W-BI052
CS1W-BI082
CS1W-BI102
CS1 Expansion Backplanes
CS1W-BI033
CS1W-BI053
CS1W-BI083
CS1W-BI103
I/O Interface Unit
CS1W-II102
C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes C200HW-BI031
C200HW-BI051
C200HW-BI081-V1
C200HW-BI101-V1
CS1 Duplex Backplane
CS1D-BC052
CS1 Duplex Unit
CS1D-DPL01
CS1D Single CPU Backplane
CS1D-BC082S
CS1D Expansion Backplane
CS1D-BI092
Consumption (A)
0.82 (See note.)
AC Input Units
0.82 (See note.)
0.82 (See note.)
0.82 (See note.)
0.82 (See note.)
0.78 (See note.)
0.78 (See note.)
Interrupt Input
Unit
High-speed Input
Unit
Safety Relay Unit
C200H Output Relay Output
Units
Units
0.78 (See note.)
0.78 (See note.)
1.04
0.22 (See note.)
0.22 (See note.)
0.28 (See note.)
0.36 (See note.)
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.92
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
Total
0.55
0.17
0.28
Transistor Output Units
B7A Interface
Units
Triac Output
Units
CS1 Output
Units
Triac Output
Units
AC Input Units
C200H Input
Units
AC/DC Input
Units
B7A Interface
Units
Interrupt Input
Unit
C200H Group- DC Input Units
2 High-density
Input Units
296
Model
C200H-ID211
C200H-ID212
C200H-IA121
C200H-IA122
C200H-IA122V
C200H-IA221
C200H-IA222
C200H-IA222V
C200H-IM211
C200H-IM212
C200H-B7AI1
C200H-B7A12
C200HS-INT01
Consumption (A)
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.10
0.10
0.02
C200H-ID216
C200H-ID217
C200H-ID218
C200H-ID219
C200H-ID111
0.10
0.12
0.10
0.12
0.12
Model
CS1W-ID211
CS1W-ID231
CS1W-ID261
CS1W-ID291
CS1W-IA111
CS1W-IA211
CS1W-INT01
Consumption (A)
0.10
0.15
0.15
0.20
0.11
0.11
0.10
CS1W-IDP01
0.10
CS1W-SF200
C200H-OC221
C200H-OC222
C200H-OC222N
C200H-OC225
C200H-OC226N
C200H-OC223
C200H-OC224
C200H-OC224N
C200H-OD411
C200H-OD213
C200H-OD214
C200H-OD216
C200H-OD211
C200H-OD217
C200H-OD212
C200H-OD21A
C200H-B7A01
C200H-B7A02
C200H-OA223
C200H-OA222V
C200H-OA224
CS1W-OC201
CS1W-OC211
CS1W-OD211
CS1W-OD212
CS1W-OD231
CS1W-OD232
CS1W-OD261
CS1W-OD262
CS1W-OD291
CS1W-OD292
CS1W-OA201
0.10
0.01
0.01
0.008
0.05
0.03
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.14
0.14
0.14
0.01
0.16
0.01
0.18
0.16
0.10
0.10
0.18
0.20
0.27
0.10
0.13
0.17
0.17
0.27
0.27
0.39
0.39
0.48
0.48
0.23 max.
(0.07+0.02×
No. of points ON)
0.406 max.
(0.07+0.021× No. of
points ON)
0.27
0.48
0.48
0.27
0.27
0.35
0.35
0.27
0.10
0.10
0.06
CS1W-OA211
C200H Group- Transistor Out2 High-density put Units
Output Units
CS1 I/O Units
Basic I/O Units
Name
DC Input Units
Relay Output
Units
Transistor Output Units
Note: Add 0.15 A per port when the NT-AL001-E is connected.
Category
C200H Input
Units
Name
DC Input Units
C200H I/O
Units
DC Input/Transistor Output
Units
TTL I/O Unit
B7A Interface
Units
Analog Timer
Unit
C200H-OD218
C200H-OD21B
C200H-OD219
CS1W-MD261
CS1W-MD262
CS1W-MD291
CS1W-MD292
CS1W-MD561
C200H-B7A21
C200H-B7A22
C200H-TM001
Note: This table may contain Units that are no longer in production
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 297 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Category
Name
Model
Consumption
(A)
C200H HighDC Input Unit
C200H-ID215
0.13
density I/O
TTL Input Unit
C200H-ID501
0.13
Units (Special I/ Transistor Output Unit
C200H-OD215
0.22
O Units)
TTL Output Unit
C200H-OD501
0.22
TTL I/O Unit
C200H-MD501
0.18
DC Input Transistor Out- C200H-MD215
0.18
put Unit
C200H-MD115
0.18
C200H Special Temperature Control
C200H-TC001
0.33
I/O Units
Units
C200H-TC002
0.33
C200H-TC003
0.33
C200H-TC101
0.33
C200H-TC102
0.33
C200H-TC103
0.33
Heat/Cool Temperature C200H-TV001
0.33
Control Units
C200H-TV002
0.33
C200H-TV003
0.33
C200H-TV101
0.33
C200H-TV102
0.33
C200H-TV103
0.33
Temperature Sensor
C200H-TS001
0.45
Units
C200H-TS002
0.45
C200H-TS101
0.45
C200H-TS102
0.45
C200H Special PID Control Units
C200H-PID01
0.33
I/O Units
C200H-PID02
0.33
C200H-PID03
0.33
Cam Positioner Unit
C200H-CP114
0.30
ASCII Units
C200H-ASC02
0.20
C200H-ASC11
0.25
C200H-ASC21
0.30
C200H-ASC31
0.30
Analog Input Units
C200H-AD001
0.55
C200H-AD002
0.45
C200H-AD003
0.10
Analog Output Units
C200H-DA001
0.65
C200H-DA002
0.60
C200H-DA003
0.10
C200H-DA004
0.10
Analog I/O Units
C200H-MAD01
0.10
High-speed Counter
C200H-CT001-V1 0.30
Units
C200H-CT002
0.30
C200H-CT021
0.45
Motion Control Unit
C200H-MC221
0.65
(w/Teaching
Box: 0.85)
C200HW-MC402- 0.60
E
Position Control Units
C200HW- NC113 0.30
C200HW-NC213 0.30
C200HW-NC413 0.50
ID Sensor Units
C200H-IDS01-V1 0.25
C200H-IDS21
0.25
Fuzzy Logic Unit
C200H-FZ001
0.30
Voice Unit
C200H-OV001
0.30
DeviceNet Master Unit C200HW0.25
DRM21-V1
DeviceNet I/O Link Unit C200HW-DRT21 0.25
CANopen Unit
C200HW0.25
CORT21-V1
PROFIBUS-DP
C200HW-PRM21 0.60
Master Unit
PROFIBUS-DP
C200HW-PRT21 0.25
I/O Link Unit
CompoBus/S Master
C200HW0.15
Unit
SRM21-V1
PC Link Unit
C200H-LK401
0.35
Category
Name
Model
CS1 Special Analog Input Unit
I/O Unit
[email protected]
CS1W-AD161
Analog Output Unit
[email protected]@
Analog I/O Unit
CS1W-MAD44
Isolated Thermocouple CS1W-PTS01-V1
Input Unit
CS1W-PTS11
CS1W-PTS51
CS1W-PTS55
Isolated Temperature- CS1W-PTS02
resistance Thermome- CS1W-PTS12
ter Input Unit
CS1W-PTS52
CS1W-PTS56
Isolated Temperature- CS1W-PTS03
resistance Thermometer
Input Unit (Ni508.4 Ω)
Isolated Two-wire
CS1W-PTW01
Transmission Device
Input Unit
Isolated DC Input Unit CS1W-PDC01
CS1W-PDC11
CS1W-PDC55
Isolated Pulse Input Unit CS1W-PPS01
Isolated Control
CS1W-PMV01
Output Unit
CS1W-PMV02
Power Transducer
CS1W-PTR01
Input Unit
100-mV DC Input Unit CS1W-PTR02
Motion Control Units
CS1W-MC221
Position Control Units
High-speed Counter
Units
SSI Input Unit
Customizable Counter
Units
GP-IB Interface Unit
RFID Sensor Unit
Programmable
Controllers
Special I/O Units
Consumption
(A)
0.13
0.15
0.13
0.20
0.15
0.12
0.25
0.18
0.15
0.12
0.25
0.18
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.12
0.18
0.20
0.15
0.12
0.15
0.60
(w/Teaching Box:
0.80 A)
CS1W-MC421
0.70
(w/Teaching Box:
1.00 A)
CS1W-NC113/ 133 0.25
CS1W-NC213/ 233
CS1W-NC413/ 433 0.36
CS1W-CT021
CS1W-CT041
0.45
CS1W-CTS21
0.32
CS1W-HCP22-V1 0.80
CS1W-HCA12-V1 0.75
CS1W-HCA22-V1
CS1W-HIO01-V1 0.60
CS1W-GPI01
0.26
CS1W-V600C11
0.26
CS1W-V600C12
0.32
CS1 CPU Bus Units
Category
Name
CS1 CPU Bus Loop Control Unit
Units
Motion Control Unit
Controller Link Units
SYSMAC LINK Unit
Serial Communications Unit
Ethernet Unit
DeviceNet Unit
PROFIBUS-DP
Master Unit
Model
Consumption (A)
CS1W-LC001
0.36
CS1W-MCH71
0.8
CS1W-CLK52-V1
0.65
CS1W-CLK21-V1
0.33
CS1W-CLK12-V1
0.52
CS1W-SLK21
0.48
CS1W-SLK11
0.47
CS1W-SCU21
0.29
(See Note.)
[email protected]@, -ETN21D 0.40
CS1W-DRM21-V1
0.29
CS1W-PRM21
0.40
Note: Add 0.15 A per port when the NT-AL001-E is connected.
Note: This table may contain Units that are no longer in production
297
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 298 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
26-V Current Consumption
Category
Name
C200H Out- Relay Output
put Units
Units
Model
C200H-OC221
C200H-OC222
C200H-OC223
C200H-OC224
C200H-OC225
C200H-OC222N
C200H-OC226N
C200H-OC224N
Transistor Output C200H-OD216
Units
C200H-OD217
CS1 Output Relay Output
CS1W-OC201
Units
Units
CS1W-OC211
C200H Spe- Analog Input Unit C200H-AD003
cial I/O
Analog Output
C200H-DA003
Units
Units
C200H-DA004
Analog I/O Unit
C200H-MAD01
ID Sensor Units
C200H-IDS01-V1
C200H-IDS21
CS1 Special Analog Input Unit [email protected]
I/O Units
CS1W-AD161
Analog Output
CS1W-DA041
Units
CS1W-DA08V
CS1W-DA08C
Analog I/O Unit
CS1W-MAD44
Isolated
CS1W-PTS01
Thermocouple
CS1W-PTS11
Input Unit
CS1W-PTS55
Isolated Tempe- CS1W-PTS02
rature-resistance CS1W-PTS12
Thermometer
CS1W-PTS56
Input Unit
Isolated Tempera- CS1W-PTS03
ture- resistance
Thermometer
Input Unit
(Ni508.4 Ω)
Isolated Two-wire CS1W-PTW01
Transmission
Device Input Unit
Isolated DC Input CS1W-PDC01
Unit
CS1W-PDC11
CS1W-PDC55
Isolated Pulse
CS1W-PPS01
Input Unit
Isolated Control
CS1W-PMV01
Output Unit
CS1W-PMV02
Power Transducer CS1W-PTR01
Input Unit
100-mV DC Input CS1W-PTR02
Unit
Customizable
[email protected]
Counter Unit
RFID Sensor Unit [email protected]
Consumption (A)
0.075 for 8 points ON at
the same time
0.09 for 8 points ON at
the same time
0.075 for 8 points ON at
the same time
0.006 for each point ON
at the same time
0.10
0.20
0.25
0.20
0.12
0.12
0.09
0.06
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.08
0.06
0.15
0.07
0.06
0.15
0.16
0.12
0.06
0.16
0.12
0.08
0.15
0.12
Note: This table may contain Units that are no longer in production
298
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 299 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Unit
I/O Units
Input Units
Classification
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
C200H Basic I/O Unit
Output Units
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
C200H Basic I/O Unit
I/O Units
High-speed Input Unit
Interrupt Input Unit
Analog Timer Unit
Safety Relay Unit
Analog I/O Units
Input Units
Output Units
Analog I/O Units
Loop Control Unit
Loop Control Board
Duplex Process CPU
Process I/O Units
Temperature Sensor Units
Temperature Control Units
Position Control Units
Motion Control Unit
High-speed Counter Units
ID Sensor Units
ASCII Units
Serial Communications
Boards/Unit
Serial Communications Boards
Serial Communications Unit
RS-232C/RS-422 Conversion Unit
GP-IB Interface Unit
Ethernet Unit
Controller Link Boards/
Controller Link Unit
Unit
Controller Link Boards
PROFIBUS-DP Units
PROFIBUS-DP Master Unit
PROFIBUS-DP I/O Link Unit
DeviceNet and CompoDeviceNet Unit
Bus/S Units
I/O Link Unit
CompoBus/S Master Unit
CANopen/User-defined CAN Unit
C200H Group-2 High Density Units
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
C2ooH Basic I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
CS1 Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
Inner Board
CS1 Special I/O Unit
CS1 Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
CS1 Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
Inner Board
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
----CS1 CPU Bus Unit
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
Personal computer ISA board
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
C200H Special I/O Unit
Model
[email protected]@
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
C200H-ID501
[email protected]
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@
[email protected](@)
[email protected](@)
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@
C200H-OD501
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@@
CS1W-IDP01
CS1W-INT01
C200H-INT01
C200H-TM001
CS1W-SF200
[email protected]@@(-V1)
C200H-AD003
CS1W-DA041/08V/08C
[email protected]
CS1W-MAD44
C200H-MAD01
CS1W-LC001
CS1W-LCB01/05
CS1D-CPU65P/67P
[email protected]@[email protected]
[email protected]@
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@@
[email protected]@3
[email protected]@3
[email protected]
C200HW-MC402-E
CS1W-MCH71
[email protected]
CS1W-CTS21
C200H-CT021
[email protected]
C200H-IDS01-V1
[email protected]
[email protected]
CS1W-SCU21-V1
NT-AL001
CS1W-GPI01
CS1W-ETN21, CS1D-ETN21D
[email protected]@-V1
[email protected]@-V1
CS1W-PRM21
C200HW-PRT21
CS1W-DRM21-V1
C200HW-DRT21
C200HW-SRM21-V1
C200HW-CORT21-V1
Programmable
Controllers
CS1 Unit Descriptions
Page
300
301
300
301
301
300
301
301
301
301
301
301
301
301
302
302
302
313
313
315
316
318
318
320
320
322
322
323
323
323
326
336
336
337
338
338
339
341
343
345
347
345
354
354
350
351
351
353
355
357
359
359
361
362
363
365
368
366
299
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 300 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1-series
Basic I/O Units
I/O Units
Input Unit
CS1W-ID211
16 points
Output Units
[email protected]
16 points
AC Input Units
[email protected]
16 points
Input Unit
CS1W-ID231
32 points
Output Units
[email protected]
32 points
Input Unit
CS1W-ID261
64 points
Output Units
[email protected]
64 points
I/O Units
[email protected]
32/32 points
Triac Output Unit
CS1W-OA201
8 points
Relay Output Unit
CS1W-OC201
8 independent points
Triac Output Unit
CS1W-OA211
16 points
Relay Output Unit
CS1W-OC211
16 points
Input Unit
CS1W-ID291
96 points
Output Units
[email protected]
96 points
I/O Units
[email protected]
48/48 points
Input Unit
[email protected]@@@
8 points
Output Units
[email protected]@@@
5/8 points
Input Unit
[email protected]@@
32/64 points
Output Units
[email protected]@@@
32/64 points
Input Unit
[email protected]@@@
16 points
Output Units
[email protected]@@@
16 points
Input Unit
[email protected]@@
32 points
Output Units
[email protected]@@@
32 points
I/O Units
[email protected]@@@
16/16 points
DC Input Units
Classification
CS1 Basic I/O Unit
C200H Basic I/O Unit
C200H Group-2 I/O Units
C200H Special I/O Unit
Input voltage
24 V DC
Inputs
16 pts
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
32 pts
64 pts
96 pts
12 to 24 V DC
8 pts
12 to 24 V DC
16 pts
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
32 pts
64 pts
32 pts
64 pts
64 pts
32 pts
Connections
Removable terminal
block
Connector
Removable terminal
block
Removable terminal
block
Connector
Model
CS1W-ID211
Remarks
Input current: 7 mA
CS1W-ID231
CS1W-ID261
CS1W-ID291
Input current: 6 mA
C200H-ID211
Input current: approx.
5 mA
Input current: 10 mA
C200H-ID212
Input current: 7 mA
C200H-ID216
C200H-ID217
C200H-ID218
C200H-ID219
C200H-ID111
C200H-ID215
Input current: 4.1 mA
Input current: 6 mA
Input current: 4.1 mA
Input current: 4.1 mA
TTL Input Units
Classification
C200H Special I/O Unit
300
Input voltage
5 V DC
Inputs
32 pts
Connections
Connector
Model
C200H-ID501
Remarks
Pulse-catch inputs
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 301 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Classification
CS1 Basic I/O Units
C200H Basic I/O Units
Input voltage
100 to 120 V AC, or 100 to 120 V DC
200 to 240 V AC
100 to 120 V AC
Inputs
16 pts
16 pts
8 pts
16 pts
200 to 240 V AC
8 pts
16 pts
Input voltage
12 to 24 V AC/ V DC
24 V AC/ V DC
Inputs
8 pts
16 pts
Outputs
8 pts (independent)
16 pts
8 pts
12 pts
12 pts
16 pts
16 pts
5 pts
8 pts
8 pts
Connections
Removable terminal block
Connections
Removable terminal block
Model
CS1W-IA111
CS1W-IA211
C200H-IA121
C200H-IA122
C200H-IA122V
C200H-IA221
C200H-IA222
C200H-IA222V
Connections
Removable terminal block
Model
C200H-IM211
C200H-IM212
Programmable
Controllers
AC Input Units (and 100 V DC)
AC/DC Input Units
Classification
C200H Basic I/O Units
Relay Output Units
Classification
CS1 Basic I/O Units
C200H Basic I/O Units
Model
CS1W-OC201
CS1W-OC211
C200H-OC221
C200H-OC222
C200H-OC222N
C200H-OC225
C200H-OC226N
C200H-OC223
C200H-OC224
C200H-OC224N
Transistor Output Units
Classification
CS1 Basic I/O Units
Outputs
16 pts
32 pts
64 pts
96 pts
C200H Basic I/O Units
C200H Group-2 I/O Units
C200H Special I/O Unit
8 pts
8 pts
8 pts
8 pts
12 pts
16 pts
12 pts
16 pts
16 pts
32 pts
32 pts
64 pts
32 pts
Max. switching capacity
12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 8 A/Unit sinking
24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 5 A/Unit, sourcing, short circuit protection, alarm
12 to 24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 5 A/Unit, sinking
24 V DC, 0.5 A/pt, 5 A/Unit, sourcing, short circuit protection, alarm
12 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A/pt, 6.4 A/Unit, sinking
24 V DC, 0.3 A/pt, 6.4 A/Unit, sourcing, short circuit protection, alarm
12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A sinking, 7.2 A/Unit
12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A sourcing, 7.2 A/Unit
12 to 48 V DC, 1 A sinking
24 V DC, 2.1 A, sinking
24 V DC, 0.8 A, sourcing, short circuit protection
5 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A, sourcing
24 V DC, 0.3 A, sinking
24 V DC, 0.3 A, sinking
5 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A, sourcing
24 V DC, 1.0 A, sourcing, short circuit protection
24 V DC, 0.3 A, sinking
16 mA at 4.5 V to 100 mA at 26.4 V, sinking
500 mA at 24 V DC, sourcing, short circuit protection
16 mA at 4.5 V to 100 mA at 26.4 V, sinking
16 mA at 4.5 V to 100 mA at 26.4 V, sinking
128-pt dynamic outputs possible
Connections
Removable
terminal block
Model
CS1W-OD211
CS1W-OD212
Connector
CS1W-OD231
CS1W-OD232
CS1W-OD261
CS1W-OD262
Removable
terminal block
Connector
CS1W-OD291
CS1W-OD292
C200H-OD411
C200H-OD213
C200H-OD214
C200H-OD216
C200H-OD211
C200H-OD212
C200H-OD217
C200H-OD21A
C200H-OD212
C200H-OD218
C200H-OD21B
C200H-OD219
C200H-OD215
TTL Output Unit
Classification
C200H Special I/O Unit
Outputs
32 pts
Max. switching capacity
5 V DC, 35 mA
128-pt dynamic outputs possible
Connections
Connector
Model
C200H-OD501
Outputs
8 pts
16 pts
8 pts
12 pts
12 pts
Max. switching capacity
250 V AC, 1.2 A, 50/60 Hz
250 V AC, 0.5 A, 50/60 Hz
250 V AC, 1.2 A, 50/60 Hz
250 V AC, 0.3 A, 50/60 Hz
250 V AC, 0.5 A, 50/60 Hz
Connections
Removable terminal block
Model
CS1W-OA201
CS1W-OA211
C200H-OA223
C200H-OA222V
C200H-OA224
Triac Output Units
Classification
CS1 Basic I/O Units
C200H Basic I/O Units
Basic I/O Units
301
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 302 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Mixed I/O Units
Name
Classification
DC Input/ Transis- CS1 Basic I/O
tor Output Units
Units
Inputs/
Outputs
32 inputs/
32 outputs
32 inputs/
32 outputs
Input
voltage
24 V DC
48 inputs/
48 outputs
48 inputs/
48 outputs
C200H Spe- 16 inputs/
cial I/O Units 16 outputs
24 V DC
16 inputs/
16 outputs
12 V DC
24 V DC
Max. switching ca- Connections
pacity
12 to 24 V DC, 0.3 A, Connector
sinking
24 V DC, 0.3 A,
sourcing, load short
protection, alarm
12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A,
sinking
12 to 24 V DC, 0.1 A,
sourcing
16 mA at 4.5 V to
100 mA at 26.4 V DC,
sinking
24 V DC, 50 mA,
sinking
Model
Remarks
CS1W-MD261
---
CS1W-MD262
---
CS1W-MD291
---
CS1W-MD292
---
C200H-MD215
Pulse-catch inputs,
128-pt dynamic outputs
possible
C200H-MD115
Note: In addition to the normal I/O functions, C200H High-density I/O Units (Special I/O Units) provide the following functions.
• Dynamic I/O (except for OD501/OD215): In stead of normal static inputs and normal static outputs, dynamic outputs and dynamic inputs
are used to increase I/O capacity to 128 inputs and 128 outputs through the use of strobe signal outputs. These functions can be used
to reduce wiring to devices with more digits, such as displays and keyboards.
• Pulse-catch Inputs (except OD501/OD215): Eight of the inputs can be set as pulse-catch inputs to reliably capture short pulses from
devices like photomicroswitches.
TTL I/O Unit
Name
Classification
TTL I/O Unit
CS1 Basic I/O Units
C200H Special I/O
Units
Inputs/ Outputs
32 inputs +
32 outputs
16 inputs/
16 outputs
Input
voltage
5 V DC
Max. switch- Connections
ing capacity
5 V DC,
Connector
35 mA
Model
Remarks
CS1W-MD561
---
C200H-MD501
Pulse-catch,
128-pt dynamic outputs possible
High-speed Input
Name
Pulse-catch Input Unit
Classification
CS1 Basic I/O Units
Inputs
16 pts
Max. switching capacity
24 V DC, 7 mA
Model
CS1W-IDP01
Circuit Configuration and Terminal Arrangement
CS1W-ID211
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
IN08
to
IN15
3.3 kΩ
470 Ω
Input indicator
470 Ω
Internal circuits
3.3 kΩ
IN00
to
IN07
24
V DC
24
V DC
Polarity of the input power supply can connected in either direction.
302
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 303 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Circuit configuration
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-ID231
Terminal arrangement
3.9 kΩ
I/O word "m"
Internal circuits
I/O word "m + 1"
1000 pF
560 Ω
Input indicator
3.9 kΩ
1000 pF
560 Ω
24
V DC
24
V DC
CS1W-ID261
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Internal circuits
3.9 kΩ
1000 pF
I/O word "m+1"
I/O word "m"
I/O word "m+2"
I/O word "m+3"
560 Ω
Input indicator
24
V DC
1000 pF
560 Ω
24
V DC
Basic I/O Units
24
V DC
Internal circuits
3.9 kΩ
Indicator
switching
circuit
24
V DC
303
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 304 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-ID291
Terminal arrangement
1000 pF
24 V DC
Word (m+3)
24 V DC
Word m
560 Ω
Word (m+4)
x 3 CN2 circuits
Word (m+5)
4.7 kΩ
Indicator
switch
circuit
24 V DC
Input indicator
24 V DC
560 Ω
Word (m+2)
1000 pF
24 V DC
Word (m+1)
x 3 CN1 circuits
Internal circuits
4.7 kΩ
Internal circuits
Circuit configuration
24 V DC
CS1W-IA111
IN0
to
IN7
Terminal arrangement
2.2 k
COM0
Input indicator
IN8
to
IN15
Internal circuits
Circuit configuration
2.2 k
100 to 120
V AC/V DC
100 to 120
V AC/V DC
COM1
CS1W-IA211
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
IN0
to
IN7
COM0
Input indicator
IN8
to
IN15
Internal circuits
200 to 240 V AC
200 to 240 V AC
COM1
304
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 305 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Internal circuits
Circuit configuration
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-OC201
Terminal arrangement
Output indicator
See note 2.
OUT
OUTC
2 A 250 V AC,
2 A 24 V DC,
0.1 A 120 V DC max.
Note: There are no restrictions in the polarity
when connecting a DC power supply.
CS1W-OC211
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Internal circits
IN0
to
IN7
COM0
Output indicator
IN8
to
IN15
2 A 250 V AC,
2 A 24 V DC,
0.1 A 120 V DC max.
COM1
CS1W-OD211
Internal circuits
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
12 to 24 V DC
Output indicator
12 to 24 V DC
Basic I/O Units
305
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 306 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-OD212
Terminal arrangement
Short-circuit
protection
Circuit configuration
Internal circuits
24 V DC
Output indicator
Short-circuit
protection
24 V DC
ERR indicator
CS1W-OD231
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Internal circuits
I/O word "m + 1"
Output indicator
12 to 24 V DC
306
I/O word "m"
12 to 24 V DC
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 307 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Internal circuits
Short-circuit
protection
Output Indicator
Output Indicator
Short-circuit
protection
Internal circuits
Short-circuit
protection
Terminal arrangement
Short-circuit
protection
Circuit configuration
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-OD232
ERR indicator
ERR indicator
CS1W-OD261
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Internal circuits
I/O word "m+1"
(Outputs)
I/O indicator
I/O word "m"
I/O word "m+2"
I/O word "m+3"
12 to
24 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
12 to 24 V DC
3.9 kΩ
560 Ω
12 to
24 V DC
12 to 24 V DC
1000 pF
(Inputs)
CS1W-OD262
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
CN1
I/O word "m+2"
I/O word "m"
CN2
I/O word "m+3"
24 V DC
24 V DC
COM2(+V)
COM3(+V)
Output indicator
24 V DC
Short-circuit
protection
Internal circuits
Short-circuit
protection
I/O word "m+1"
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
COM2(+V)
COM3(+V)
ERR indicator
Basic I/O Units
307
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 308 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-OD291
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Word (m+3)
Word (m+2)
x 3 CN1 circuits
12 to
24 V DC
Fuse
12 to
24 V DC
Output indicator
ERR indicator
Word (m+4)
Indicator
switch circuit
Blown fuse
detection
circuit
12 to
24 V DC
Word (m+1)
Internal circuits
10.2 to
26.4 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
x 3 CN1 circuits
Word (m+5)
12 to
24 V DC
Word m
Internal circuits
10.2 to
26.4 V DC
Fuse
12 to
24 V DC
CS1W-OD292
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Fuse
12 to
24 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
Word (m+4)
Output indicator
Word (m+3)
Word (m+2)
Word (m+1)
x 3 CN1 circuits
Internal circuits
Indicator
switch circuit
Blown fuse
detection
circuit
12 to
24 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
ERR indicator
308
Word (m+5)
x 3 CN2 circuits
Word m
Internal circuits
Fuse
12 to
24 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 309 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Circuit configuration
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-OA201
Terminal arrangement
Output indicator
Internal circuits
ERR indicator
IN0
to
IN7
1.2 A 250 V AC max.
Fuse
COM
Blown fuse
detection
circuit
CS1W-OA211
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Internal circuits
IN0
to
IN7
COM0
Output indicator
Fuse
IN8
to
IN15
Fuse
0.5 A
250 V AC
max.
COM1
CS1W-MD261
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Inputs
Internal circuits
I/O word "m"
I/O word "m+1"
(Outputs)
I/O indicator
24
V DC
Outputs
24
V DC
3.9 kΩ
1000 pF
560 Ω
Basic I/O Units
(Inputs)
12 to 24 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
309
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 310 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-MD262
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
I/O word "m"
I/O word "m+2"
I/O word "m+3"
Short-circuit
protection
I/O word "m+1"
Internal circuits
I/O indicator
24
V DC
24
V DC
(Outputs)
3.9 kΩ
1000 pF
24 V DC
24 V DC
560 Ω
(Inputs)
ERR indicator
CS1W-MD291
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Word (m+3)
24 V DC
x 3 CN1 (Output)
12 to
24 V DC
Word (m+4)
Output indicator
24 V DC
Word (m+1)
Fuse
ERR indicator
4.7 kΩ
Word (m+5)
x 3 CN2 (Input)
1000 pF
Word m
Internal circuits
Indicator
switch circuit
Blown fuse
detection
circuit
12 to
24 V DC
Word (m+2)
Internal circuits
10.2 to
26.4 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
560 Ω
24 V DC
310
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 311 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
Fuse
Word (m+3)
Word (m+4)
Output indicator
24 V DC
Word (m+2)
12 to
24 V DC
Word (m+1)
Internal circuits
24 V DC
12 to
24 V DC
x 3 CN1 (Output)
Indicator
switch circuit
Blown fuse
detection
circuit
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-MD292
ERR indicator
Internal circuits
4.7 kΩ
Word m
560 Ω
Word (m+5)
x 3 CN2 (Input)
1000 pF
12 to
24 V DC
24 V DC
CS1W-MD561
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
CN1
+V
I/O word "m+1"
4.7 kΩ
Internal circuits
I/O word "m"
B
+V
COM1
OUT0
0
to
100 Ω
× 2 CN1
(Output)
OUT15
5
4.7 kΩ
COM
Internal circuits
Basic I/O Units
IN00
to
2.4 kΩ
1000 pF
IN15
COM
× 2 CN2
(Input)
5 V DC
19 19
+V
COM0
15
18 18
15
L
14
17 17
14
L
L
13
16 16
13
L
L
12
15 15
12
L
L
11
14 14
11
L
L
10
13 13
10
L
L
9
12 12
9
L
8
11 11
8
+V
10 10
+V
COM1
1.1 kΩ
20 20
L
L
9
9
L
5 V DC
7
8
8
7
L
L
6
7
7
6
L
L
5
6
6
5
L
L
4
5
5
4
L
3
4
4
3
B
0
1
1
0
1
2
2
1
2
3
3
2
3
4
4
3
4
5
5
4
5
6
6
5
6
7
7
6
7
8
8
9
9
COM2
COM0
2
3
3
2
L
L
1
2
2
1
L
L
0
1
1
0
L
7
10 10
9
11 11
9
10
12 12
10
11
13 13
11
12
14 14
12
13
15 15
13
14
16 16
15
17 17
5 V DC
5 V DC
COM3
8
L
L
I/O word "m+3"
A
L
L
L
CN2
I/O word "m+2"
A
8
14
15
COM2
18 18
COM3
NC
19 19
NC
NC
20 20
NC
311
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 312 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-IDP01
Circuit configuration
Terminal arrangement
3.3 kΩ
470 Ω
IN00
to
IN07
1000 pF
3.3 kΩ
IN08
to
IN15
1000 pF
Input indicator
470 Ω
Internal circuits
24
V DC
24
V DC
*1 Polarity of the input power supply can be connected in either direction.
*2 Terminal numbers A0 to A9 and B0 to B9 are used in this manual, but
they are not printed the Unit.
312
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 313 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-INT01, C200HS-INT01
Interrupt Input Units
Triggers interrupt task execution in the CPU
• When the CPU Unit receives an Input from the
Interrupt Input, the CPU Unit immediately suspends
execution of the Cyclic Task (Regular Program) and
executes the I/O Interrupt Task (CS1G/CS1H Only).
The Interrupt Input Unit operates as a regular Input
Unit in the CS1D PLCs.
• Mount the Interrupt Input Unit in the CPU Rack.
• Up to 2 CS1W-INT01 or 4 C200HS-INT01 Interrupt
Input Units can be mounted.
System Configuration
CPU Unit
I/O interrupt
task
Circuit Configuration (CS1W-INT01)
Terminal Arrangement (CS1W-INT01)
470 Ω
3.3 kΩ
IN00
to
IN07
3.3 kΩ
Input indicator
470 Ω
IN08
to
IN15
Internal circuits
24
V DC
24
V DC
0.5 ms min.
0.1 ms min.
Interrupt Input Units
Polarity of the input power supply can connected in either direction.
313
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 314 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Specifications
Classifications
CS1W Basic I/O Unit
Input voltage
24 V DC
Inputs
16 pts
C200H Basic I/O Unit
12 to 24 V DC
8 pts
Input pulse width
ON: 0.1 ms min.
OFF: 0.5 ms min.
ON: 0.2 ms max.
OFF: 0.5 ms max.
Connections
Removable terminal
block
Allocations
16 bits
(CIO 0319 to CIO 2000)
8 bits
Model
CS1W-INT01
C200HS-INT01
Note: The interrupt function can be used with the CPU backplane (except CS1D) only.
314
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 315 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
C200H-TM001
Analog Timer Unit
Easy On-site timer Adjustments
• Provides four timers easily adjusted on-site via
front-panel adjustments or external variable resistors: No Programming Device required. Using timer
pause inputs enables Usage as accumulative timer.
System Configuration
Analog Timer Unit
Timer set input
Timer pause input
Time up
outputs
T0
Set value
4 pts
Resistance
T3
Set value
Resistance
Specifications
Classification
Timers
C200H Basic
I/O Unit
4 pts
Analog Timer Unit
Setting range
Time setting method
CPU Unit bits
Allocations
(CIO 0319 to
CIO 2000)
0.1 to 1.0 s, 1 to 10 s, 2 to 60 s, Internal or external variable Timer set input, tim- 16 bits
1 to 10 min
resistor
er pause input, and
time up output
Model
C200H-TM001
315
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 316 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-SF200
Safety Relay Unit
Reduced Wiring and Space for Safety
Circuits
• This Safety Relay Unit mounts as an I/O Unit and
provides both safety relays and inputs for monitoring.
• Safety relays and monitor inputs in 1 Unit to reduce
wiring and space.
• Safety relays operate with separate power supply
from PLC.
• Monitor safety circuit output, K1/K2 relay, or power
status from PLC.
• Four general-purpose inputs provided.
• Safety standards: EN954-1 and EN60204-1
Internal Connections
Specifications
General
Item
Contact resistance
Operating time
Response time
Indicator
Insulation resistance (See
note.)
Withstand voltage
(See note.)
Indicator
Durability
Weight
Indicator
Safety
circuits
Internal
circuits
Specifications
100 mΩ (5 V DC, 1 A, voltage drop method)
300 ms max. (not including bounce)
10 ms max. (time from input OFF to main contact
OFF, not including bounce)
20 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC) for following: Safety
circuits-safety outputs, General inputs-safety
outputs, Different poles of safety outputs, and
safety circuits-general inputs
2,500 V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min for following:
Safety circuits-safety outputs, General inputssafety outputs, Different poles of safety outputs
500 V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min for Safety circuitsgeneral inputs
Mechanical: 5,000,000 min. (7,200 time/hr)
Electrical: 100,000 min. (1,800 time/hr)
300 g
Note: Measured while mounted to PLC.
Ratings of Safety Circuits
Item
Power
Supply voltage
Fluctuation
Consumption
Inputs
Current
Switching Rated load
Rated ON current
Specification
24 V DC
–15%/
+10% of supply voltage
24 V DC: 1.7 W max.
75 mA max.
250 V AC, 5 A
5A
Ratings of General Inputs
General
inputs
3.3 kΩ
0.01 μF
470 Ω
Input indicator
316
Item
Power voltage
Fluctuation
Input impedance
Input current
ON voltage/current
OFF voltage/current
ON/OFF response
Circuits
ON points
Specifications
24 V DC
–15%
/+10% of supply voltage
3.3 kΩ
7 mA typ. (24 V DC)
14.4 V DC min./3 mA min.
5 V DC max./1 mA max.
8 ms max. (Set to 1 to 32 in PC Setup)
4 points, 1 common
100% simultaneously ON
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 317 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Classification
Model
I/O
capacity
Analog Input
Units
CS1W-AD041-V1
CS1W-AD081-V1
CS1W-AD161
CS1W-PTW01
4 inputs
8 inputs
16 inputs
4 inputs
CS1W-PDC11
4 inputs
20 ms/4 pts,
4 to 20mA, 0 to 20mA,
0 to 10V, +/-10V, 0 to 5V, +/-5V, 10 ms/2 pts
1 to 5V, 0 to 1.25V, +/-1.25V
CS1W-PDC55
8 inputs
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V, 250 ms/8 pts
1 to 5 V
–1 mA to 1 mA, 0 to 1 mA
200 ms/8 pts
CS1W-PTR01
Isolation
between
I/O points*
No
Yes
No
CS1W-PTR02
C200H-AD003
Analog Output
Units
Analog I/O Unit
Temperature
Sensor Input
Units
CS1W-DA041
4 outputs
CS1W-DA08V
8 outputs
CS1W-DA08C
C200H-DA003
8 outputs
C200H-DA004
CS1W-MAD44
No
No
4 inputs and No
4 outputs
C200H-MAD01
2 inputs and
2 outputs
CS1W-PTS11
4 inputs
Yes
CS1W-PTS12
I/O ranges/types
Conversion
time
Remarks
Page
1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 4 to 20 mA
0.25 ms/pt
---
318
1 to 5 V, 4 to 20 mA
100 ms/4 pts
318
326
1 ms/pt max.
2 x 34-pin MIL connectors
Built-in power supply for 2-wire
transmission device,
measured value alarms
(HH, H, L, LL), other features
Process value alarms (HH,H,L,LL)
Rate-of-change calculation and
alarm
Input disconnection detection
Top, bottom, valley hold
Accumulated value output
Variable range zero-span
adjustment
Measured value alarms (H, L) and
other features
Motor overdrive prevention,
measured value alarms (H, L),
other features
Measured value alarms (H, L),
other features
---
318
1 ms/pt
---
320
1 ms/pt max.
---
320
1 ms/pt
---
322
–100 mV to 100 mV,
0 to 100 mV
1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V,
–10 to 10 V, 4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V, ±10 V
4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V,
–10 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
Inputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 4 to 20 mA
Outputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V, ±10 V
Inputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 4 to 20 mA
Outputs: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V, ±10 V
B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U,
WRe5-26, PLII, ±100 mV
Pt100Ω (JIS, IEC), JPt100Ω,
Pt50Ω, Ni508.4Ω
CJ1W-PTS51
B, J, K, R, S, T, L
CJ1W-PTS52
Pt100 (IEC, JIS), JPt100
CJ1W-PTS55
8 inputs
B, J, K, R, S, T, L
CJ1W-PTS56
C200H-TS001
C200H-TS002
C200H-TS101
C200H-TS102
Pt100 (IEC, JIS), JPt100
4 inputs
No
5 inputs
Programmable
Controllers
Analog I/O Selection Guide
K, J
K, L
JPt100
Pt100
326
326
326
326
1 ms/pt max.
20 ms/4 pts
10 ms/2 pts
250 ms/4 pts
250 ms/8 pts
250 ms/4 pts
250 ms/8 pts
4.8 s max.
Measured value alarms
(HH, H, L, LL), input disconnection
alarms, top hold, bottom hold,
valley hold, zero span adjustment
over user-set range, other features.
Measured value alarms (H, L),
336
input disconnection alarm,
and other features
---
336
Note: Inputs are isolated from PLC signals for all Units.
317
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 318 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
[email protected]@1-V1, C200H-AD003
Analog Input Units
Convert Analog Signals to Binary Data
•
•
•
•
Wire burnout detection
Peak-hold function
Moving average filter function
Offset gain setting
Note: Analog Input Terminals are also available as
remote I/O terminals for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP
or CompoBus/S.
Function
Converts input signals such as 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA to binary values
between 0000 and 0FA0 Hex and stores the results in the allocated
words each cycle. The ladder diagram can be used to transfer the data
to the DM Area or the SCALING instructions (e.g., SCL(194)) can be
used to scale the data to the desired ranges.
Terminal Arrangement
CS1W-AD041-V1
CS1W-AD081-V1
A1
Input 2 (+)
B1
Input 2 (–)
B2
AG
B3
Input 4 (+)
B4
Input 4 (–)
B5
N.C.
B6
N.C.
B7
N.C.
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
318
Input 1 (+)
Input 2 (+)
B1
Input 2 (–)
B2
AG
B3
Input 4 (+)
B4
Input 4 (–)
B5
Input 6 (+)
B6
Input 6 (–)
B7
AG
B8
Input 8 (+)
B9
Input 8 (–)
B10
Input 1 (–)
AG
Input 3 (+)
Input 3 (–)
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
A1
Input 1 (+)
A2
Input 1 (–)
A3
AG
A4
Input 3 (+)
A5
Input 3 (–)
A6
Input 5 (+)
A7
Input 5 (–)
A8
AG
A9
Input 7 (+)
A10
Input 7 (–)
A11
N.C.
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 319 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CN2 Inputs 9 to16
Input 9+
Current mode 9
Input 9−
AG
Input 11+
Current mode 11
Input 11−
AG
Input 13+
Current mode 13
Input 13−
AG
Input 15+
Current mode 15
Input 15−
AG
NC
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-AD161
CN1 Inputs 1 to 8
Input 10+
Current mode 10
Input 10−
AG
Input 12+
Current mode 12
Input 12−
AG
Input 14+
Current mode 14
Input 14−
AG
Input 16+
Current mode 16
Input 16−
AG
NC
Input 1+
Current mode 1
Input 1−
AG
Input 3+
Current mode 3
Input 3−
AG
Input 15+
Current mode 5
Input 5−
AG
Input 7+
Current mode 7
Input 7−
AG
NC
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
Input 2+
Current mode 2
Input 2−
AG
Input 4+
Current mode 4
Input 4−
AG
Input 6+
Current mode 6
Input 6−
AG
Input 8+
Current mode 8
Input 8−
AG
NC
Specifications
Model
Classification
Unit number
Inputs
Signal
Voltages
range
Currents
1 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
0 to 5 V
–10 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
Signal range settings
Resolution
Conversion speed
Overall accuracy (at 25 °C)
Connections
Features Wire burnout detection
Peak-hold function
Mean function
CS1W-AD041-V1
CS1 Special I/O Units
0 to 95
4 pts
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
--4 settings
(one for each point)
1/8000
0.25 ms/pt max.
Voltage: ±0.2%
Current: ±0.4%
Terminal block
Yes
Yes
Yes
CS1W-AD081-V1
0 to 95
8 pts
C200HW-AD003
C200 Special I/O Units
0 to F
8 pts
CS1W-AD161
CS1 Special I/O Units
0 to 94
16 pts
Yes
---
Yes
8 settings
(one for each point)
1/8000
0.25 ms/pt max.
8 settings
(one for each point)
1/4000
1 ms/pt. max
16 settings
(one for each point)
1/8000
0.25 ms/pt
Voltage: ±0.2%
Current: ±0.2%
2 x 34 point MIL connectors
Note: Process I/O Units with individually isolated channels are also available for analog I/O. Refer to page 326.
Analog Input Units
319
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 320 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
[email protected]@, [email protected]
Analog Output Units
Convert Binary Data to Analog Signals
• Output limit
• Upper/Lower limit alarms
• Offset gain adjustment
Note: The functions provided depend in the model used.
Analog Output Terminals are also available as
remote I/O terminals for DeviceNet, PROFIBUS-DP
or CompoBus/S.
Function
Binary data in the allocated words is converted to analog signals such
as 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA for output. All that is required in the ladder
diagram is to place the data in the allocated words.
Terminal Arrangement
CS1W-DA08V/08C
CS1W-DA041
A1
N.C.
B1
Output 2 (+)
B2
Output 2 (–)
B3
Output 4 (+)
B4
Output 4 (–)
B5
Output 6 (+)
B6
Output 6 (–)
B7
Output 8 (+)
B8
Output 8 (–)
B9
N.C.
B10
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
320
N.C.
N.C.
B1
Output voltage 2 (+)
B2
Output 2 (–)
B3
Output current 2 (+)
B4
N.C.
B5
N.C.
B6
Output voltage 4 (–)
B7
Output 4 (–)
B8
Output current 4 (+)
B9
N.C.
B10
Output 1 (+)
Output 1 (–)
Output 3 (+)
Output 3 (–)
Output 5 (+)
Output 5 (–)
Output 7 (+)
Output 7 (–)
N.C.
N.C.
A1
N.C.
A2
Output voltage 1 (+)
A3
Output 1 (–)
A4
Output current 1 (+)
A5
N.C.
A6
N.C.
A7
Output voltage 3 (+)
A8
Output 3 (–)
A9
Output current 3 (+)
A10
N.C.
A11
N.C.
Programmable Controllers
Specifications
Model
Classification
Unit numbers
Outputs
Signal range Voltages
Currents
1 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
0 to 5 V
–10 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
Signal range settings
Resolution
Conversion speed
Overall accuracy (at 25 °C)
Connections
Features
Output hold function
CS1W-DA041
CS1 Special I/O Units
0 to 95
4 pts
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
--4 settings
(one for each point)
1/4000
1.0 ms/pt max.
Voltage: ±0.3%FS
Current: ±0.5%FS
Terminal block
---
CS1W-DA08V
CS1W-DA08C
0 to 95
8 pts
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
----8 settings
(one for each point)
1/4000
1.0 ms/pt max.
±0.3% FS
0 to 95
8 pts
--------Yes
--8 settings
(one for each point)
1/4000
1.0 ms/pt max.
±0.5% FS
C200H-DA003
C200H-DA004
C200H Special I/O Units
0 to F
0 to F
8 pts
8 pts
Yes
--Yes
------Yes
----Yes
----8 settings
8 settings
(one for each point)
(one for each point)
1/4000
1/4000
1.0 ms/pt max.
1.0 ms/pt max.
±0.3% FS
±0.5% FS
Terminal block
Yes
Terminal block
Yes
Terminal block
Yes
Terminal block
Yes
Note: Process I/O Units with individually isolated channels are also available for analog I/O. Refer to page 326.
Analog Output Units
321
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 321 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 322 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-MAD44, C200H-MAD01
Analog I/O Units
Analog Inputs and Outputs combined in
One Unit
•
•
•
•
•
Moving average filter function
Peak hold function
Wire burnout detection
Output hold function
Ratio conversions
Function
Terminal Arrangement (CS1W-MAD44)
One Unit performs both analog input and analog output operations. The
Unit can also be used for ratio and bias processing, which can be performed on analog inputs to output the results as analog outputs.
Output 2 (+)
B1
Output 2 (–)
B2
Output 4 (+)
B3
Output 4 (–)
N.C.
Input 2 (+)
Input 2 (–)
AG
Input 4 (+)
Input 4 (–)
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
A1
Output 1 (+)
A2
Output 1 (–)
A3
Output 3 (+)
A4
Output 3 (–)
A5
N.C.
A6
Input 1 (+)
A7
Input 1 (–)
A8
AG
A9
Input 3 (+)
A10
Input 3 (–)
A11
N.C.
Specifications
Model
Classification
Unit numbers
Inputs
Outputs
Input signal ranges
Voltages
Output signal ranges Currents
Resolution
Conversion speed
Overall
accuracy
1 to 5 V
0 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
–10 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
1 to 5 V
0 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
–10 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
Inputs
Outputs
Connections
Features
322
Mean function
Peak hold
Wire burnout detection
Output hold
Ratio conversion
C200H-MAD01
C200H Special I/O Unit
0 to F
2 pts
2 pts
Yes
--Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
--Yes
Yes
Yes
1/4000 (inputs/outputs)
1.0 ms/pt max (inputs/outputs)
Voltage: ±0.2%
Current: ±0.4%
Voltage: ±0.3%
Current: ±0.5%
Terminal block
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CS1W-MAD44
CS1 Special I/O Unit
0 to 95
4 pts
4 pts
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
--1/4000 (inputs/outputs)
1.0 ms/pt max (inputs/outputs)
Voltage: ±0.2%
Current: ±0.4%
Voltage: ±0.3%
Terminal block
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 323 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-LC001, CS1W-LCB01/05, [email protected]@P
Loop Control Unit
Integrate Process Control and Monitoring
functions with PLC sequence control.
With easy-to-use DCS-style function block
configuration, complex control systems can
be set up in minutes.
• The control system can be scaled to match the controlled system, from a few loops that replace a Controller to hundreds of loops that perform large-scale
process control.
• A variety of control programs can be created by
selecting from more than 70 kinds of function blocks
suitable for loop control, such as PID calculations,
Segment Programs, and square root calculations.
• The CX-Process Tool, included in CX-One, can be
used for easy programming.
• A Tuning Screen can be opened in the CX-Process
Tool to change parameters while monitoring the status.
• Duplex systems are available for applications that
require high reliability.
• The NS Face Plate Auto Builder software can
be used to automatically create a touch panel for
NS-series PTs from a function block screen.
Function
The CS1-series Loop Control Boards and Units are packed with DCS
functions and can use function block programs, which are ideal for process control. Graphical programming can be used, so function blocks
can be pasted into a window and connected with the mouse.
A wide variety of control methods can be executed, from regular PID
control to cascade control and feed-forward control.
System Configuration
NS-series PT
Create and transfer the
function block data with
the CX-Process Tool.
CS1-series PLC and
Loop Control Board/Unit
Analog I/O
Loop Control Unit
323
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 324 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Function Block Example
Example: Cascade control
Analog
Analog
Input Unit Input Unit
Loop Control
Board/Unit
Function blocks
Isolated-type
AI4 terminal
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
PV1 PID1
MV1
RSP1
PV2 PID2
PID1
Basic PID
PV
PVE
RSP
MIE
MVE
SP
Y1
MV
Segment
Linearizer
X1
Y1
Isolated-type
AO4 terminal
Y1
X1
Y2
X2
Y3
X3
Y4
X4
MV2
Split
conversion
Basic PID
PV
PVE
RSP
MIE
MVE
Temperature
Temperature
Heat
exchanger
SP
Y1
MV
Segment
Linearizer
X1
Y1
Steam
PID2
Cold
water
Drain
Specifications
Item
Name
Unit type
Model
Specification
Loop Control Board
CS-series Inner Board
CS1W-LCB01 Standard CS1W-LCB05 AdInner Board
vanced Inner Board
Data stored in flash memory
Function block data, data in RAM (can be backed up or recovered at any
time), and error log data
0.8 ms max.
20 ms max.
(See note 2.)
220 mA at 5 V DC
Note: The current consumption is 150 mA higher when an NT-AL001 Link
Adapter is being used.
Loop Control Unit (See note 1.)
CS-series CPU Bus Unit
CS1D-LCB05D Duplex CS1W-LC001
Inner Board
(See note 3.)
Applicable PLCs
CS1G/[email protected]@F
CS1G/[email protected]@H
[email protected]@P
CS-series
(Duplex compatible)
Mounting location
CPU Unit’s Inner Board slot
CPU Rack
Max. number of Boards/Units
1 Board max. per CPU Unit
3 Units max. per CPU Unit
CPU terminal block:
Data exchange
Allocation of specific words User Link Table function:
with CPU Unit
in a data area
A function block’s ITEM data can be allocated to specified words in a CPU A function block’s ITEM data can be allocated to any CPU Unit data area.
Unit data area (CIO, WR, HR, DM, or EM bank 0).
Allocation of all data
HMI Interface function:
Send/Receive All Blocks:
The ITEM data of a Control Block, Operation Block, or External Controller Can be allocated to any CPU Unit data
Block can be allocated to a specified EM bank. (The default EM bank is area (no default setting).
bank 0.)
Setting switches
None
Front panel rotary switches:
Unit number setting (0 to F)
Indicators
Three LED indicators:
Five LED indicators:
Running, Ready, and Comm. port sending/receiving
Running, Comm. port sending, Comm.
port receiving, CPU Unit error, and Unit
error
Front panel connectors
One RS-232C port (for connection of an ES100X External Controller)
Data Backup
Super capacitor backs up all function block data (including sequence
Battery backs up all function block data
tables and step ladder program instructions).
and contents of the error log.
Backup time of backup capacitor or battery
24 hrs at 25° C (The backup time is shorter at higher temperatures.)
5 years at 25° C (The battery life is shorter
at higher temperatures.)
Effect on the CPU Unit’s cycle time
Current consumption (supplied by the Power
Supply Unit)
Dimensions
Weight
Standard accessories
34.5 x 130 x 100.5 mm (W x H x D)
100 g max.
None
Function block data and data in RAM (can
be backed up or recovered at any time)
0.2 ms
360 mA at 5 V DC
Note: The current consumption is 150 mA
higher when an NT-AL001 Link Adapter is
being used.
220 g max.
C200H-BAT09 Battery Set
(factory installed in Unit)
Note: 1. The Loop Control Unit described in this table is equipped with the Version 2.5 functions.
2. The CPU Unit’s cycle time will be extended by 2.1 s max during duplex initialization.
3. The CS1D-LCB05D Duplex Loop Control Board is not available separately.
It can only be purchased in combination with a Duplex CPU as models CS1D-CPU65P or CS1D-CPU67P.
324
Programmable Controllers
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 325 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Functional Specifications
Item
Model numbers
Specifications
CS1W-LCB01
Operation method
Operation cycle
Function block method
Settable cycles:
0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, or 2 s(default: 1 s)
Can be set for each function block. (See note 1.)
Number
of function blocks
Analog
operation
Sequence control
Control blocks
(See note 2.)
Operation blocks
(See note 3.)
External controller
blocks
Sequence tables
50 blocks max.
CS1W-LCB05
CS1D-LCB05D
500 blocks max.
CS1W-LC001
Settable cycles:
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, or 2 s (default: 1
s)
Can be set for each function
block.
32 blocks max.
249 blocks max.
32 blocks max. (CS1D-LCB05D not included)
None
200 tables max.
None
32 conditions and 32 actions per
table max. (expandable to 64
conditions and 64 actions per table)
6,400 rules total max.
Step ladder program 20 blocks max.
200 blocks max.
blocks
2,000 commands total
4,000 commands total
100 commands max. per block 100 commands max. per block
Separable into a 100 steps max. Seperable into a 100 steps max.
I/O blocks
Field terminal blocks 80 blocks max.
User link
2,400 data items max.
None
tables
All data
HMI functions
HMI functions
Send/Receive All Blocks:
2,040 words max.
20,040 words max.
1 block each max.
Allocated 1 EM Area bank
Allocated 1 EM Area bank
CPU terminal blocks None
16 blocks max.
Node terminal blocks None
1000 blocks max.
System common blocks
1 block max.
Method for creating and transfering
Created and transferred using CX-Process Tool (purchased separately).
function blocks
Control methods
PID control method
PID with 2 degrees of freedom (with auto-tuning)
Control combinations
Any of the following function blocks can be combined:
Basic PID control, cascade control, feed-forward control, sample PI control, Smith dead time compensation control,
PID control with differential gap, override control, program control, time-proportional control, etc.
Alarms
PID block internal alarms
4 PV alarms (upper upper-limit, upper limit, lower limit, lower lower-limit) and 1 deviation alarm
per PID block
Alarm blocks
High/low alarm blocks, deviation alarm blocks
Note: 1. Operation cycles of 0.01, 0.02, and 0.05 s cannot be set for the CS1D-LCB05D.
2. Control blocks such as those for PID control.
3. Operation blocks for process control such as those for alarms, square roots, time/date calculations, and pulse-train computations.
Loop Control Unit
325
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 326 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
[email protected]@@@
Process I/O Units
Wide variety of built-in signal conversion
functions for direct process signal inputs.
• External converters, isolators or transducers
are not required: Greatly reduces costs, space
requirements, and labor.
• Receives temperature and other analog inputs.
• Built-in alarms on measured value and rate-of
change reduce the amount PLC programming.
• Control outputs can be limited with the output
rate-of-change limit and output high/low limit.
• Data processing includes peak/bottom hold and
top/valley hold functions.
• Count the number of times that a preset threshold
value is exceeded and totalize analog values.
Function
Choose from a total of 13 models, including 11 isolated-type models, to handle essentially all normal data collection and process control
applications. High-speed (10 ms) and high-resolution (1/64,000) models are available for use in a wide range of applications, from data logging
to high-speed temperature control.
Terminal Arrangement
CS1W-PTS01-V1
CS1W-PTS01-V1 Isolated-type Thermocouple Input Unit
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
1+
2+
3+
4+
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
326
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
N.C.
CJ1+
CJ1−
1−
2−
3−
4−
CJ2+
CJ2−
N.C.
N.C.
Thermocouple
Input No. 1
(See
note 4.)
Thermocouple
Input No. 4
(See note 4.)
Thermocouple
Input No. 2
Thermocouple
Input No. 3
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 327 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
N.C.
B1
N.C.
B2
N.C.
B3
1+
B4
2+
B5
3+
B6
4+
B7
N.C.
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C.
A2
CJ1+
A3
CJ1−
A4
1−
A5
2−
A6
3−
A7
4−
A8
CJ2+
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-PTS11
*2
A9
CJ2−
A10
N.C.
A11
N.C.
No. 1
thermocouple
input
No. 2
thermocouple
input
No. 4
thermocouple
input (*1)
No. 3
thermocouple
input
CS1W-PTS51
No. 2
thermocouple input
2−
B1
2+
B2
CJ
B3
CJ
B4
4−
B5
4+
B6
L
ALM2
B7
L
ALM4
B8
Cold junction sensor
No. 4
thermocouple input
External alarm outputs
Process I/O Units
0V
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C
A2
1−
A3
1+
A4
N.C.
A5
N.C.
A6
3−
A7
3+
A8
ALM1
L
A9
ALM3
L
A10
24V
A11
N.C.
No. 1
thermocouple input
No. 3
thermocouple input
External alarm outputs
327
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 328 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-PTS55
No. 4 thermocouple input
No. 3 thermocouple input
No. 2 thermocouple input
No. 1 thermocouple input
N.C.
B1
N.C.
B2
1+
B3
2+
B4
3+
B5
4+
B6
5+
B7
6+
B8
7+
B9
8+
B10
N.C.
B11
N.C.
B12
A1
CJ1+
A2
CJ1-
A3
1-
A4
2-
A5
3-
A6
4-
A7
5-
A8
6-
A9
7-
A10
8-
A11
CJ2+
A12
CJ2-
Cold junction sensor
Cold junction sensor
No. 8 thermocouple input
No. 7 thermocouple input
No. 6 thermocouple input
No. 5 thermocouple input
CS1W-PTS02
CS1W-PTS02 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Unit
Resistance thermometer
No. 1 input
Resistance thermometer
No. 2 input
Resistance thermometer
No. 3 input
Resistance thermometer
No. 4 input
328
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 329 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-PTS03
CS1W-PTS03 Isolated-type Resistance Thermometer Unit
Resistance thermometer (Ni508.4 Ω)
Input No. 1
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 2
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 3
Resistance thermometer
Input No. 4
CS1W-PTS12
No. 2 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
N.C.
B1
N.C.
B2
N.C.
B3
2A
B4
2B
B5
2b
B6
N.C.
B7
N.C.
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C.
A2
1A
A3
1B
A4
1b
A5
3A
A6
3B
A7
3b
A8
N.C.
A9
4A
A10
4B
A11
4b
No. 1 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
No. 3 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
No. 4 Platinumresistance
Thermometer input
CS1W-PTS52
No. 2
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 4
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
External alarm outputs
L
L
Process I/O Units
2b
B1
2B
B2
2A
B3
4b
B4
4B
B5
4A
B6
ALM2
B7
ALM4
B8
0V
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C
A2
1b
A3
1B
A4
1A
A5
3b
A6
3B
No. 1
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 3
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
A7
3A
A8
ALM1
L
A9
ALM3
L
A10
24V
A11
N.C.
External alarm outputs
329
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 330 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-PTS56
No. 1
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 3
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 5
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 7
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
1A
B1
1B
B2
1b
B3
3A
B4
3B
B5
3b
B6
5A
B7
5B
B8
5b
B9
7A
B10
7B
B11
7b
B12
A1
2A
A2
2B
A3
2b
A4
4A
A5
4B
A6
4b
A7
6A
A8
6B
A9
6b
A10
8A
A11
8B
A12
8b
No. 2
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 4
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 6
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
No. 8
Platinum-resistance
Thermometer input
CS1W-PTW01
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type 2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
−
2-wire
transmitter
−
2-wire
transmitter
−
2-wire
transmitter
−
2-wire
transmitter
CS1W-PTW01 Isolated-type
2-Wire Transmitter Input Unit
−
Current
output
device
−
Current
output
device
−
Current
output
device
−
Current
output
device
CS1W-PDC01
Voltage input
330
Voltage output
device
−
Voltage output
device
−
Voltage output
device
−
Voltage output
device
−
Current input
−
Current output
device
−
Current output
device
−
Current output
device
−
Current output
device
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 331 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-PDC11
Current inputs
Voltage Inputs
CS1W-PDC11
Voltage
output
device
Voltage
output
device
Voltage
output
device
Voltage
output
device
+
V1
−
COM1
+
−
+
−
+
−
B1
B2
V2
B3
COM2
B4
V3
B5
COM3
B6
V4
B7
COM4
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
CS1W-PDC11
A1
N.C.
A2
I1
A3
N.C.
A4
I2
A5
N.C.
A6
I3
A7
N.C.
A8
I4
A9
N.C.
+
Current output
device
+
Current output
device
A11
N.C.
−
+
Current output
device
N.C.
−
+
Current output
device
A10
−
−
V1
B1
COM1
B2
V2
B3
COM2
B4
V3
B5
COM3
B6
V4
B7
COM4
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
N.C.
A2
I1
A3
N.C.
A4
I2
A5
N.C.
A6
I3
A7
N.C.
A8
I4
A9
N.C.
A10
N.C.
A11
N.C.
CS1W-PDC55
Voltage Inputs
Current inputs
CS1W-PDC55
+
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
+
+
+
-
V1+
I1+
COM1
V3+
I3+
COM3
V5+
I5+
COM5
V7+
I7+
COM7
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
CS1W-PDC55
V2+
I2+
COM2
V4+
I4+
COM4
V6+
I6+
COM6
V8+
I8+
COM8
+
+
+
+
+
-
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Voltage
output device
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
+
+
+
-
V1+
I1+
COM1
V3+
I3+
COM3
V5+
I5+
COM5
V7+
I7+
COM7
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
V2+
I2+
COM2
V4+
I4+
COM4
V6+
I6+
COM6
V8+
I8+
COM8
+
+
+
+
-
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
Current output
device
CS1W-PTR01
CS1W-PRT01 Power Transducer Input Unit
Power
transducer
Power
transducer
Power
transducer
Power
transducer
Process I/O Units
−
−
−
−
−
Power
transducer
−
Power
transducer
−
Power
transducer
−
Power
transducer
331
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 332 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-PTR02
CS1W-PRT02 Analog Input Unit
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
332
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Voltage output
device
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 333 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-PPS01
Voltage Input
No-voltage Semiconductor Input
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Voltage pulse generation
−
−
−
−
Contact Input
3-wire Sensor Input
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
CS1W-PPS01 Isolated-type Pulse Input Unit
Internal
power
supply
Internal
power
supply
Internal
power
supply
Internal
power
supply
Process I/O Units
333
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 334 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
CS1W-PMV01
Voltage Output
Current Output
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
−
CS1W-PMV01 Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
Load
Load resistance
Load
Load resistance
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Load
Load resistance
Load
Load resistance
CS1W-PMV02
CS1W-PMV02
Isolated-type Analog Output Unit
+
+
−
334
V1L
B1
COM1
B2
V2L
B3
COM2
B4
V3L
B5
COM3
B6
V4L
B7
COM4
B8
N.C.
B9
N.C.
B10
A1
V1H
A2
COM1
A3
V2H
A4
COM2
A5
V3H
A6
COM3
A7
V4H
A8
COM4
A9
N.C.
A10
N.C.
A11
N.C.
−
Programmable Controllers
Specifications
Unit name
Model
I/O
capacity
4 inputs
Field I/O
isolation
All inputs
isolated.
I/O range/type
Accuracy/effective resolution
Isolated-type
Thermocouple
Input Unit
CS1W-PTS11
B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U,
WRe5-26,PL II, ±100 mV
Standard accuracy: ±0.05% of full
scale
Temp coefficient: ±0.01%/° C
Effective resolution: 1/64,000
Conversion cycle: 20 ms/4 pts
10 ms/2 pts
Isolated-type
CS1W-PTS12
Resistance
Thermometer Input Unit
4 inputs
All inputs
isolated.
Pt100Ω (JIS, IEC), JPt100Ω,
Pt50Ω, Ni508.4Ω
CS1W-PTS51
CS1W-PTS55
4 inputs
8 inputs
All inputs are B, J, K, R, S, T, L
isolated
CS1W-PTS52
Isolated-type
Resistance
CS1W-PTS56
Thermometer Input Unit
(Economical type)
4 inputs
8 inputs
Alle inputs are Pt100 (JIS, IEC), JPt100
isolated
Isolated-type
Two-wire Transmission
Device Input Unit
CS1W-PTW01
4 inputs
All inputs
isolated.
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V
Isolated-type Analog
Input Unit
CS1W-PDC11
4 inputs
All inputs
isolated.
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 0 to
10 V, ±10 V, 0 to 5 V, ± 5 V,
1 to 5 V, 0 to 1.25 V, ±1.25 V
CS1W-PDC55
8 inputs
All inputs
isolated
4 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V,
0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V
Isolated-type Pulse
Input Unit
CS1W-PPS01
4 inputs
All inputs
isolated.
Max. counting speed: 20 K
pulses/s (voltage input or novoltage semi-conductor input) or
20 pulses/s
(contact input)
Isolated-type Control
Output Unit
CS1W-PMV01
4 outputs
All outputs
isolated.
4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 V
Isolated-type Power
Voltage Output Unit
CS1W-PMV02
4 outputs
All outputs
isolated
0 to 10 V, ±10 V,
0 to 5 V, ±5 V, 0 to 1 V, ±1 V
Power Transducer Input CS1W-PTR01
Unit
8 inputs
No isolation
between
inputs.
±1 mA, 0 to 1 mA
Analog Input Unit
8 inputs
No isolation
between
inputs.
±100 mV, 0 to 100 mV
Isolated-type
Thermocouple
Input Units
(Economical type)
CS1W-PTR02
Main features
Output scaling, measured
value alarms (HH, H, L,
LL), rate-of-change operation and alarms, input disconnection alarms, top
hold, bottom hold, valley
hold, zero span adjustment over user-set range
Standard accuracy: Larger of
Output scaling, measured
±0.05% of full scale or ±0.1° C
value alarms (HH, H, L,
Temp coefficient: ±0.01%/° C
LL), rate-of-change operaEffective resolution: 1/64,000
tion and alarms, input disConversion cycle:20 ms/4 pts
connection alarms, top
10 ms/2 pts
hold, bottom hold, valley
hold, zero span adjustment over user-set range
Overall accuracy: ± 0.3% of PV
Process value alarms
or ± 1°C, whichever is larger,
(H, L)
± 1digit max.
Process value alarm
DO output
Conversion cycle: 250 ms/4 pts
Input disconnection
detection
Overall accuracy: ± 0.3% of PV
Process value alarms
or ± 0.8°C, whichever is larger,
(H, L)
Process valu alarm
± 1 digit max.
DO output
Conversion cycle: 250 ms/4 pts
Input disconnection
detection
Standard accuracy: ±0.2%
Built-in power supply for 2Temp coefficient: ±0.015%/° C
wire transmission device
Resolution: 1/4,096
output scaling (±32,000),
Conversion cycle: 100 ms/4 pts
measured value alarms
(HH, H, L, LL), rate-ofchange operation and
alarms, input disconnection alarms
Standard accuracy: ±0.05% of full Output scaling, measured
scale
value alarms (HH, H, L,
Temp coefficient: ±0.01%/° C
LL), rate-of-change operaEffective resolution: 1/64,000
tion and alarms, input disConversion cycle:20 ms/4 pts
connection alarms, top
10 ms/2 pts
hold, bottom hold, valley
hold, total value measurement
Standard accuracy: ±0.3% full scale. Measured value alarms
(H, L), input detection
Resolution 1/16000.
Conversion cycle 250 ms/8 pts
--Built-in sensor power supply, contact bounce filter,
unit pulse conversion, accumulative and instantaneous value output, 4
instantaneous value
alarms.
Standard accuracy:
Output disconnection
4 to 20 mA: ±0.1%
alarms, control output an1 to 5 V: ±0.2%
swerback input, output
Temp coefficient: ±0.015%/° C
rate-of-change limit, out4,000 (outputs)
put high/low limits
Conversion cycle: 100 ms/4 pts
Standard accuracy: ±0.1%
Output rate-of-change
Temp coefficient: ±0.015%/° C
limit, Output high/low limit,
Resolution (at full scale):
Output scaling (±32,000)
±10 V or ±1 V: 1/16,000
0 to 10 V, 0 to 1 V, or ±5 V:
1/8,000
0 to 5 V: 1/4,000
Conversion cycle: 40 ms/4 pts
Standard accuracy: ±0.2%
Motor overdrive prevenTemp coefficient: ±0.015%/° C
tion at startup, output scalResolution: 1/4,096
ing (±32,000), measured
Conversion cycle: 200 ms/8 pts
value alarms (H, L)
Standard accuracy: ±0.2%
Output scaling (±32,000),
Temp coefficient: ±0.015%/° C
measured value alarms
Resolution: 1/4,096
(H, L)
Conversion cycle: 200 ms/8 pts
Note: Refer to pages 318 to 322 for descriptions of the Analog I/O Units ([email protected]@, [email protected]@, CS1W-MAD44.)
Process I/O Units
335
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 335 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 336 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
[email protected]@, [email protected]@@
Temperature Sensor Units
Direct Input from Four to Eight Temperature
Sensors
• Input directly from up to eight temperature sensors
with one Unit. (The types of temperature sensor and
temperature ranges can be set separately for each
input for the [email protected]@.)
• Models available with isolated inputs to prevent
unwanted current flow between temperature sensor
inputs ([email protected]@ only).
• Provided with measured value alarms (4 points
each) ([email protected]@ only).
• Sensor disconnection detection provided.
Function
Circuit Configuration
Using input from thermocouples or resistance thermometers (up to 8
inputs), the Unit converts the measured temperatures into BCD or
binary data and stores them in the allocated relay area every cycle. The
data can be processed using the ladder program.
Temperature sensors
4 points
Specifications
Model
Classification
Unit numbers
Inputs
Input
Thermosignals
couples
CS1W-PTS11 CS1W-PTS51 CS1W-PTS55
CS1 Special I/O Units
0 to 95
0 to 95
0 to 95
4 pts
4 pts
8 pts
K
Yes
Yes
Yes
J
Yes
Yes
Yes
L
Yes
Yes
Yes
R
Yes
Yes
Yes
S
Yes
Yes
Yes
T
Yes
Yes
Yes
E
Yes
----B
Yes
Yes
Yes
N
Yes
----W
Yes
----U
Yes
----PLII
Yes
----±100 mV Yes
----Resistance JPt100
------thermome- PT100
------ters
Ni508.4Ω ------Input signal range settings
4 pts set
4 pts set
8 pts set
individually
individually
individually
A/D conversion output data
4-digit
4-digit
4-digit binary
binary
binary or BCD or BCD
Conversion speed
20 ms/
250 ms/Unit 250 ms/Unit
4 points,
10 ms/
2 points
Overall
Standard accuracy
±0.05% of full ±0.3% of PV or ±1°C,
accuracy
scale
whichever is larger,
±1 digit max.
Temperature coefficient
Cold junction
compensation error
Connections
CS1W-PTS12 CS1W-PTS52 CS1W-PTS56 C200H-TS001/002/101/102
C200H Special I/O Units
0 to 95
0 to 95
0 to 95
0 to 9
4 pts
4 pts
8 pts
4 pts
------TS001, TS002
------TS001
------TS002
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------Yes
Yes
Yes
TS101
Yes
Yes
Yes
TS102
Yes
Yes
Yes
--4 pts set
4 pts set
8 pts set
One setting for all 4 pts
individually
individually
individually
4-digit
4-digit binary 4-digit binary 4-digit BCD
binary
or BCD
or BCD
20 ms/
250 ms/Unit 250 ms/Unit 4.8 s max.
4 points,
(when 4 pts are
10 ms/
set for Unit)
2 points
Larger of
±0.3% of PV or ±0.8°C,
±1% + 1°C
±0.05% of full whichever is larger,
scale or
±1 digit max.
±0.1°C
±0.01%/°C
±1°C
---
Terminal block
Note: Refer to page 326 for information on [email protected]@ Process I/O Units.
336
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 337 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
[email protected]@@
Temperature Control Units
One Unit Functions as Two Temperature
Controllers
• Supports 2-loop PID control (two degrees of freedom) or ON/OFF control.
• Input directly from two temperature sensors (thermocouples: R, S, K, J, T, E, B, N, L, or U) or platinum resistance thermometers (JPt00, Pt100).
• Open-collector, voltage, or current outputs
• Sampling period: 500 ms
• Run/start control.
• Two internal alarms per loop.
• Detects heater burnout though current detectors for
both loops.
• Record up to eight sets of target values, alarm values, and PID parameters.
• Connects to Data Setting Console.
Function
System Configuration
Perform 2-loop PID control based on inputs from thermocouples or
platinum resistance thermometers to control a transistor, voltage, or
current output. Words allocated to the Unit in memory can be manipulated from the ladder diagram to start/stop operation, set the target
value, read the process value, or perform other operations.
Two temperature
sensors
Output cable
Data Setting
Console
Manipulated variable
Specifications
General
Classification
C200H Special I/O Unit
Temperature sensor inputs
Control outputs
Thermocouples (R, S, K, J, T, E, Open-collector (pulse)
B, N, L, or U)
Voltage (pulse)
Current (linear)
Platinum resistance thermome- Open-collector (pulse)
ters (JPt00, Pt100)
Voltage (pulse)
Current (linear)
Unit numbers
0 to 9
Model
C200H-TC001
C200H-TC002
C200H-TC003
C200H-TC101
C200H-TC102
C200H-TC103
Data Setting Console
Specifications
Monitoring, setting, and changing present values, set points, alarm
values, PID parameters, bank numbers, etc.
Temperature Control Units
Model
C200H-DSC01
337
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 338 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
[email protected]@@, [email protected]@@
Position Control Units
High-speed, High-precision Positioning with
1, 2, or 4 Axes
• Simple positioning systems can be created by
directly specifying operation from the CPU Unit
when required.
• Positioning data is saved in internal flash memory,
eliminating the need to maintain a backup battery.
• Use Windows-based Support Software to easily create positioning data and store data and parameters
in files. (Use WS01-NCTF1-E with [email protected]
models and WS02-NCTC1-E with [email protected]@
models.)
• Interrupt feeding, forced starting, and other features
also supported.
Function
System Configuration
These Position Control Units support open-loop control with pulse-train
outputs. Position using automatic trapezoid or S-curve acceleration and
deceleration. Models available with 1, 2, or 4 axes. Use in combination
with servomotors or stepping motors that accept pulse-train inputs.
Servo Relay
Unit
Inputs
Pulse-input Servo Driver
Servomotor
Specifications
Model
Unit name
Classification
Unit numbers
Control method
Control output signals
Controlled axes
Operating modes
Data format
Affect on scan time for end refresh
Affect on scan time for
IOWR/IORD
Startup time
Position data
No. of positions
Speed data
No. of speeds
Acceleration/
deceleration times
Acceleration/
deceleration curves
Saving data in CPU
Windows-based Support Software
338
CS1W-NC113
CS1W-NC213
CS1W-NC413
CS1W-NC133
CS1W-NC233
CS1W-NC433
Position Control Unit
CS1 Special I/O Units
0 to 95
Open-loop, automatic trapezoid acceleration/deceleration
[email protected]: Open-collector outputs
[email protected]: Line-driver outputs
1
2
4
Direct operation or memory operation
Binary (hexadecimal)
0.29 to 0.41 ms max./unit
0.6 to 0.7 ms max./instructions
2 ms min. (Refer to operation manual for conditions.)
–1,073,741,823 to +1,073,741,823 pulses
100 per axis
1 to 500 kpps (in 1-pps units)
100 per axis
0 to 250 s (time to max. speed)
C200HW-NC113
C200HW-NC213
C200HW-NC413
C200H Special I/O Units
0 to 15 (0 to F)
Open-collector
1
2
4
BCD
2.6 to 4.5 ms max./unit
2.6 to 5.5 ms max./instructions
7.51 ms min. (Refer to operation manual for conditions.)
–9,999,999 to +9,999,999 pulses
1 to 500 kpps (specified as factor)
Trapezoidal or S-curve
Flash memory
CX-Position
SYSMAC-NCT (WS01-NCTF1-E)
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 339 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-MC421/-MC221
Motion Control Units
High-precision, Two-axis Motion Control with
Multi-tasking G-language Programming
• High-speed control of up to 4 axes with one Unit and
up to 76 axes with one PLC (19 Units x 4 axes)
(assumes that Power Supply Unit capacity is not
exceeded).
• Winding operations easily controlled at high-speed
using traverse positioning control.
• High-speed response to commands from CPU Unit
(8 ms for 2 axes, 13 ms for 4 axes).
• Encoder response of 2 Mpps possible with 4x
frequency multiplication for applications with highspeed, high-precision servomotors.
• D interrupt code outputs to CPU Unit at end of
positioning or at specified positions (D code output
time: 3.3 ms max.).
• CX-Motion Windows-based Support Software
Define user mnemonics to use in place of G codes
to simplify MC program development and analysis.
• Servo trace function from CX-Motion to trace error
counter changes or motor speeds.
• Automatic Loading Function
MC programs and positioning data can be automatically downloaded from computer memory when
required by the MC Unit.
Function
The Motion Controller provides closed-loop control with analog outputs
for up to 2 or 4 axes, and supports the G language for advanced,
high-speed, high-precision position control, such as traverse operation.
Multi-tasking allows you to run the two axes independently for a wider
range of application.
System Configuration
Servomotor
4 axes
CPU
Unit
Analog Input
Servo Driver
Terminal Block
Conversion Unit
Teaching
Box
Note: The C200H-MC221 can also be used with CS1 PLCs.
CX-Motion
Motion Control Units
339
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 340 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Specifications
General
Model
Classification
Control method
Control output signals
Internal programming language
Controlled axes
Maximum position value
Synchronous axis control
Positioning
Linear interpolation
Arc interpolation
Helical interpolation
Traverse
Infinite feed
Interrupt feed
Task programNumber of tasks
ming capacity
Number of programs
Program capacity
CS1W-MC421
CS1W-MC221
CS1 Special I/O Unit
Closed loop with automatic trapezoid or S-curve acceleration/deceleration
Analog
G language (Program started by command sent from CPU Unit’s ladder program.)
4 axes max.
2 axes max.
–39,999,999 to 39,999,999 (for minimum setting unit of 1)
4 axes max.
2 axes max.
4 axes max.
2 axes max.
2 axes max. in a plane
2-axis arc interpolation in a plane + feed axis
--2-axis traverse feeding
Infinite feeding of one or more axes
Interrupt feeding for specified axes (Positioning can be specified for when there is no interrupt.)
4 tasks max.
2 tasks max.
25 programs when using 4 tasks
50 programs when using 2 tasks
500 blocks per task when using 4 tasks
1,000 blocks per task when using 2 tasks
CX-Motion: Windows-based Support Software
Model
Supported MC Units
Applicable computer
Functions
340
[email protected]
CS1W-MC221/421, C200H-MC221, and CV500-MC221/421
DOS, OS: Windows 95/98 or Windows NT Version 4.0
Functions required for MC Unit control: Creating/editing/saving/printing system parameters, positioning data, and MC programs; monitoring MC Unit operation
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 341 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
C200HW-MC402-E
Motion Control Unit
Advanced multi-axes Motion Control with
Multi-task BASIC language programming
• Advanced Motion control of 4 axes per unit and up
to 16 modules can be installed in one PLC
• Analogue outputs for position, Speed and Torque
control
• Hardware registration input for every axis
• Electronic CAM profiles and axes synchronization
• Friendly Motion Perfect Windows-based programming and debugging software. Provides versatile
test and monitoring functions including a 4-channel
software oscilloscope.
Function
The advanced Motion control unit provides closed-loop control of up to 4 axes, programmed in a multi-task BASIC type language and supported
by the powerful software tool. The unit provides a complete command set, allowing applications such as flying saws, rotaring knives, any synchronization and electronic CAM profile to be easily programmed.
System Configuration
Motion Perfect
C200HW-MC402
Termnal Block
Conversion Unit
Analog Input
Servo Driver
Servomotor
4 Axes
I/O
Motion Control Unit
341
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 342 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Specifications
General
Model
Classification
Control Method
Control Output signals
Programming language
Controlled axes
Measurement units
Positioning
Task programming capacity
Linear interpolation
Arc interpolation
Helical interpolation
Axes Synchronization
Axes Linked CAM profile
Hardware Registration Interrupt
Number of tasks
Number of programs
Data storage capacity
C200HW-MC402-E
C200H Special I/O Unit
Closed loop Position, Speed and Torque control
Analogue
BASIC type motion control language
4 real axes and 4 virutal axes
User definable
4 axes
For any 2 axes
For any 3 axes
For any 2 axes
For any 2 axes
4 axes
Up 5 tasks simultaneous plus interface task
14
251 (VR) + 16000 (Table) max.
Motion Perfect Software
Model
Supported MC Units
Applicable computer
Functions
342
Motion Perfect
C200HW-MC402-E, R88A-MCW151-E,
R88A-MCW151-DRT-E
Windows 95/98/2000/NT4.0
Programming and debugging software
tool. Test and moitoring functions
including a 4-channel software oscilloscope.
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 343 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-MCH71
Motion Control Unit
Multi-axes Motion Control over high-speed
MECHATROLINK-II
•
•
•
•
•
Up to 30 axes controlled with less wiring
Supports Position, speed and Torque control
Electronic CAM profiles and axes synchronization
Hardware registration input for every axis
Program control commands, like Multi-task
programming and branching commands, and
various arithmetic operations for maximum
program efficiency
• Access to the complete system from one point
Function
Multi-axes control is made easy by freely combining control axes. Up to
32 axes can be used, including 30 physical axes and two virtual axes,
and each axis can be set individually. Position Control, synchronized
control (electronic gear, electronic Cam, follow-up), speed control, and
torque control are all supported, enabling a wide range of applications.
By using high-speed servo communications, motion programs, system
parameters, system data, and servo drive parameters can be set and
read from the software tool.
System Configuration
CS-series
Programmable Controller
Support Software
(MC-Miel for MCH,
free software)
CS1W-MCH71
motion control unit
MECHATROLINK-II
Sigma II
or W-series
servo drive
30 nodes max.;
total length: 50 m
JUSP-NS115
MECHATROLINK-II
Interface Unit
Limit switches,
contact sensors
Motion Control Unit
JEPMC-W6022
Terminating Resistor
343
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 344 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Ordering Information
Motion Controller
Name
Motion Control Unit
Support Software
Model
CS1W-MCH71
MC-Miel (free of charge)
Mechatrolink-II related devices
Name
Mechatrolink-II Interface Unit
Mechatrolink-II Terminator
Mechatrolink-II Cables
24V DC I/O Module
Counter Module
Pulse Output Module
Model
JUSP-NS115
JEPMC-W6022
JEPMC-W6003-A5
JEPMC-W6003-01
JEPMC-W6003-03
JEPMC-W6003-05
JEPMC-W6003-10
JEPMC-W6003-20
JEPMC-W6003-30
JEPMC-IO2310
JEPMC-PL2900
JEPMC-PL2910
Remarks
For Sigma-II and W-series Servo drives
Terminating resistor
0.5 meter
1 meter
3 meters
5 meters
10 meters
20 meters
30 meters
64 Inputs, 64 Outputs
Reversible counters, 2 channels
Pulse train positioning, 2 channels
Specifications
General
Model
Classification
Applicable PLCs
Control Method
Controlled devices
Programming language
Controlled axes
Control functions Positioning (PTP)
Motion
programs
344
CS1W-MCH71
CS-series CPU Bus unit
CS-series, new version (CS1[]-CPU[][]H)
MECHATROLINK-II (Position, Speed and Torque control )
Sigma-II and W-series Servo Drives (ver. 38 or later) with MECHATROLINK-II Interface and various I/O Units.
BASIC type motion control language
32 max, including 30 physical or virtual axes and 2 virtual axes
Executes positioning independently for each axis at a specified speed or the speed system parameter.
(Simultaneous specification: Up to eight axes/block, Simultaneous execution: Up to 32 blocks/Unit)
Linear interpolation
Executes linear interpolation for up to eight axes at a time at the specified interpolation feed speed.
(Simultaneous specification: Up to eight axes/block, Simultaneous execution: Up to 32 blocks/system)
Circular interpolation
Executes circular interpolation for two axes in either clockwise or counterclockwise at the specified interpolation
feed speed. Helical circular interpolation is also possible with single-axis linear interpolation added.
(Simultaneous specification: Two or three axes/block, Simultaneous execution: Up to 16 blocks/system)
Other functions
Origin searches, interrupt feeding, timed positioning, traverse positioning, independent electronic cam, synchronized
electronic cam, link operation, electronic gear, follow-up synchronization, speed reference, torque reference
Number of tasks, number Up to 8 tasks and 256 programs/Unit (8 parallel branches per task max.)
of programs
Program capacity
In motion program conversion, 8,000 blocks/Unit max. (2 Mbytes); number of blocks: 800
Data capacity
Position data: 10,240 points/Unit; Cam data: 32 max.; 16,000 points/Unit
Subroutine nesting
Five levels max.
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 345 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
[email protected], C200H-CT021
High-speed Counter Units
Two- and four-channel high-speed counter
units with built-in fast control I/O
• Max. input frequency = 500 kHz. (when line driver
input is used)
• Output turns ON less than 0.5 ms after set value
is reached. (may deviate during execution of IORD/
IOWR instructions)
• 32-bit counting range.
• 2- and 4-axis operation available.
• Digital variable noise filter provided.
• 5-, 12-, and 24-V line driver inputs available. (5- and
12-V line driver input is only available, however, for
1 axis with the CS1W-CT021 and 2 axes with the
CS1W-CT041.)
• Supports simple, ring, and linear counting modes.
• Supports offset phase input, up and down pulse
input, and pulse+direction input.
• Supports 4 external control inputs, and a total of 16
functions can be set including open gate, close gate,
preset, reset, capture, stop/capture/reset combinations, and reset enable.
• One Unit supports 4 external outputs and 28 internal
outputs with counter value zone comparisons, target
comparisons, delays, holds, programmable outputs,
and hysteresis settings.
• Pulse rate measurement function and data logging.
• Counter outputs and external control inputs can be
used to trigger interrupt tasks in the CPU Unit.
• Settings can be changed during Unit operation.
Function
The High-speed Counter Units count pulse signal inputs that are too
fast to be detected by normal Input Units. The Units can be programmed to produce outputs according to counter values for specified conditions, and many other functions are supported.
System Configuration
Counter inputs
Encoder
High-speed Counter Units
345
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 346 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Terminal Arrangement
Item
Connector 2 (CN2)
Row A
Row B
Power Supply (to feed
the outputs)
-PS: 0V
+PS: 12 to 24V
Digital Outputs
[0-3] (NPN/PNP)
O2: NPN
O3: NPN
1
-PS: 0V
+PS:12 to 24V
1
O2: PNP
2
O0: NPN
O0: PNP
2
O3: PNP
3
O1: NPN
O1: PNP
3
4
I2: 0V
I2: 24V
5
I0: 0V
I0: 24V
5
I3: 0V
I3: 24V
6
I1: 0V
I1: 24V
6
Spare
7
A
B
Z
7
CH2: LD- / 0V
CH2: LD+
8
CH1: LD- / 0V
CH1: LD+
8
CH2: 12V
CH2: 24V
9
CH1: 5V
CH1: 24V
9
CH2: LD- / 0V
CH2: LD+
10
CH1: LD- / 0V
CH1: LD+
10
CH2: 12V
CH2: 24V
11
CH1: 5V
CH1: 24V
11
CH2: LD- / 0V
CH2: LD+
12
CH1: LD- / 0V
CH1: LD+
12
CH2: 12V
CH2: 24V
13
CH1: 5V
CH1: 24V
13
Spare
14
A
B
Z
Pin
No.
Row B
4
Digital Inputs
[0-3]
Counter 3 &
Counter 4*
Connector 1 (CN1)
Row A
Spare
Counter 1 &
Counter 2
Pin
No.
14
CH4: LD- / 0V
CH4: LD+
15
CH3: LD- / 0V
CH3: LD+
15
CH4: 12V
CH4: 24V
16
CH3: 5V
CH3: 24V
16
CH4: LD- / 0V
CH4: LD+
17
CH3: LD- / 0V
CH3: LD+
17
CH4:12V
CH4: 24V
18
CH3: 5V
CH3: 24V
18
CH4: LD- / 0V
CH4: LD+
19
CH3: LD- / 0V
CH3: LD+
19
CH4:12V
CH4: 24V
20
CH3: 5V
CH3: 24V
20
Specifications
General
Classification
Number of
counters
C200H Special I/O Unit 2
CS1 Special I/O Unit
2
4
346
Encoder A and B input,
pulse input, Z signal
Open-collector
Input voltage: 12 V DC or 24 V DC
RS-422 line driver
Open-collector
Input voltage: 5 V DC, 12 V DC, or 24
V DC
(5- and 12- V DC input only possible
for 1 axis.)
RS-422 line driver
Open-collector
Input voltage: 5 V DC, 12 V DC, or 24
V DC
(5- and 12- V DC input only possible
up to 2 axes.)
RS-422 line driver
Maximum counting
speed
50 kcps
75 kcps
50 kcps
500 kcps
50 kcps
Unit numbers
Model
0 to F
C200H-CT021
0 to 92 (4 unit numbers CS1W-CT021
per Unit)
CS1W-CT041
500 kcps
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 347 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-CTS21
SSI Encoder Input Unit
SSI (synchronous serial interface) is a
standard communication protocol developed
for absolute encoders. It provides easier
connection and reduced wiring compared to
parallel connection.
Specifications
SSI Communication
Input Specifications
Item
CLK lines
Specification
Non-isolated differential line driver,
RS422 compliant
Electrically isolated differential line
receiver, RS422 compliant
9 to 31 (default: 24)
Gray/Binary/Tannenbaum/Raw
(default Gray)
100kHz to 1.5MHz
10μs to 99,990μs (default: 40 μs)
About 2500 Samples/sec with
2 encoders connected
(with default settings)
DATA lines
Number of data-bits
Value coding
Clock frequency
Monoflop time
Sample rate
Item
Input Voltage
Input Current (typical)
ON Voltage (min.)
OFF Voltage (max.)
Max. repetition rate
Min. pulse width
Input Voltage
24V
B5/B6
2 kW
0V
1 kW
CTS21
SSI ENCODER
680W
Shielded twisted-pair cable
+
B10
DATAx+
Digital Inputs
24 V DC (19.6 V to 26.4 V)
7.6 mA
19.6 V
4V
1 kHz
10 μs
24 V DC (19.6V to 26.4V)
DATA
A10
A5/A6
DATAx–
-
B12
CLOCKx+
+
CLK
A12
CLOCKx–
+ ENCx_PS
+
-
-
B8
RS422
A8
0V ENCx_PS
A20
0V ENC_PS
+ ENC_PS
ENCODER
PS
SSI Encoder Input Unit
347
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 348 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Output Specifications
Item
Driver Type
Operating Voltage Range
Maximum Switching Capacity
Minimum Switching Current
Output ON-delay
Output OFF-delay
Leakage Current
Connector (CN1 and CN2) Pin-layout
Specification
Open Collector (NPN/PNP selectable)
12-24 V (10.2 to 26.4 V)
46 mA at 10.2 V to 100 mA at 20.4 V
to 26.4 V (400mA max./common)
(linear behaviour)
5 mA
0.1ms max.
0.1ms max.
0.1mA max.
The power supplied to the Unit, to feed the Digital Outputs, has to be
supplied externally and should be a double insulated class II (overvoltage) type with ratings from 12 to 24VDC (10.2 to 26.4VDC). Characteristics of the Power Supply Input circuitry are summarised in the
following table.
Item
Operating Voltage Range
Current Consumption
Internal Fault Protection
Specification
10.2-26.4 V DC
25 mA max. (excl. load current)
Two 1 A (not replaceable) fuses
in Power Supply lines
Yes
Reverse Polarity Protection
The Digital Outputs are insulated from the I/O-bus but not from each
other. They are not short circuit protected.
Use the following table to make connections directly to the soldering
terminals of the connector jack(s) (see Nomenclature section for position of connectors 1 and 2 and rows A and B):
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
Connector 2 (CN2)
Row A
Row B
0V_PS¹
24V_PS2
B1
O2 NPN
O2 PNP
B2
O3 NPN
O3 PNP
B3
B4
0V I2
24V I2
B5
0V I3
24V I3
B6
B7
0V ENC2_PS3 + ENC2_PS4 B8
B9
DATA2 DATA2 +
B10
B11
CLOCK2 CLOCK2 +
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
B19
0V ENC_PS3 + ENC_PS4 B20
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
Connector 1 (CN1)
Row A
Row B
0V_PS¹
24V_PS2
B1
O0 NPN
O0 PNP
B2
O1 NPN
O1 PNP
B3
B4
0V I0
24V I0
B5
0V I1
24V I1
B6
B7
0V ENC1_PS3 + ENC1_PS4 B8
B9
DATA1 DATA1 +
B10
B11
CLOCK1 CLOCK1 +
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
B19
0V ENC_PS3 + ENC_PS4 B20
Digital Output Circuitry:
Fuse
Software switch for
each Digital Output
Internal Circuitry
B1
PS+: 12-24VDC Power Supply
for Digital Outputs O0-O3
Common for PNP
Digital Output (PNP)
B2/B3
A2/A3
Digital Output (NPN)
NPN
PNP
Fuse
PS-: 0V Common for NPN
A1 for Digital Outputs O0-O3
348
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 349 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
Serial Communication Units
Serial Communications Features
Unit
CPU Units
ASCII Units
Serial Communications
Boards/Units
Model
Ports
All models Port 1: Peripheral
Port 2: RS-232C
C200HPort 1: RS-232C
ASC11
Port 2: RS-232C
C200HPort 1: RS-232C
ASC21
Port 2: RS-422A/485
C200HPort 1: RS-232C
ASC31
Port 2: RS-232C
CS1WPort 1: RS-232C
SCB21-V1 Port 2: RS-232C
CS1WPort 1: RS-232C
SCB41-V1 Port 2: RS-422A/485
CS1WPort 1: RS-232C
SCU21-V1 Port 2: RS-232C
Serial communications mode
Protocol
Host Link
NT Links
macros
No-protocol
Generalpurpose
external
devices
Host
OMRON
computers PTs
Generalpurpose
external
devices
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Peripheral Programbus
ming
Console
bus
Program- Programming
ming
Devices
Console
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Serial
Gateway
(see note)
CompoWay/F
devices,
Inverters,
Servo
Drives
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
BASIC
programming
Message
communications
Generalpurpose
external
device
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Note: Requires SCU/SCB Ver 1.2 or later mounted on CS1 CPU Unit Ver 3.0.
349
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 350 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
[email protected]@
ASCII Units
Easily Perform Serial Data Communications
• Perform ASCII communications with a wide range of
external devices.
• The C200H-ASC11/ASC21/ASC31 function as special processing units with BASIC programming.
• Large-capacity user memory: 200 Kbytes
• Model available with RS422A/485 port.
• Various forms of data exchanges with CPU Unit:
Select the best method for the read/write trigger and
timing.
• High-speed data exchanges possible with shared
memory (not dependant on I/O refresh).
• A wide range of interrupt processes: Interrupts from
CPU to ASCII Unit, communications interrupt, key
interrupts, timer interrupts, error interrupts, etc.
• Easy control of transmission control signals.
• Calculation instructions for error check codes.
• Many BASIC debugging functions (break points,
1-step execution, execution stop monitoring, etc.)
• Error log supported with up to 30 error records.
Function
System Configuration
The ASCII Units support BASIC language programming and RS-232C
and RS422A/485 serial communications. BASIC programming enables
ASCII communications with essential any external device. It can also
be used as a special processing unit to aid the CPU Unit without using
external communications.
The C200H-ASC11/ASC21/ASC31 provide shared memory with the
CPU Unit, and both the ASCII Unit and the CPU Unit can access the
shared memory asynchronously, providing for high-speed data
exchanges between the two Units without using interrupts.
A library interface toolkit is available for the creation of user-defined
library routines in BASIC or C.
Terminal
(e.g., Windows
Hyperterminal)
BASIC
program
RS-232C
RS-232C
General-purpose
external device
Specifications
General
Classification
User memory
C200H Special I/O Unit 200 Kbytes
Shared memory
Provided
(90 words in I/O memory)
Serial communicaUnit numbers
tions ports
RS-232C x 2
0 to F
RS-232C x 1, RS-422A/
485 x 1
RS-232C x 2, RS-232C
x 1 for terminal
Model
C200H-ASC11
C200H-ASC21
C200H-ASC31
Note: The C200H-ASC02 can also be used with CS1 PLCs.
350
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 351 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-SCU21-V1/[email protected]
Serial Communications Units/Boards
Supports Protocol Macros, Host Link
Communications, and 1:N NT Links
• Serial Communications Board
• Increase the number of serial ports without using
I/O slots.
• Connect general-purpose external devices 1:N
using RS-422A/485.
• Generate interrupts to the CPU Unit when data is
received.
• Serial Communications Unit
• Mount up to 16 Units (including all other CPU
Bus Units) on CPU or Expansion Racks. Ideal for
systems that require many serial ports.
Function
System Configuration
Either an Inner Board or CPU Bus Unit can be used to increase the
number of serial ports (RS-232C or RS-422A/485) two at a time. You
can specify Protocol Macros, Host Link Communications, or 1:N NT
Links separately for each port. With the CS1 Series, you can always
install the right number of serial ports for your system.
The Serial Gateway function available in SCU/SCB Units Ver.1.2
and higher enable seamless access to field devices like temperature
controllers, inverters or servo drives over multiple network layers.
The Gateway function handles the de/encapsulation of serial communication messages in the higher-layer FINS communication, e.g. over
Controller Link or Ethernet.
Host computer
Programming
Device
Serial
Communications
Board
PT
Serial
Communications
Unit
Machine
Machine
Device
Microcomputer or
other device
Device
Non-OMRON PLC
Specifications
General
Unit
Classification
Serial Communications
Board
Inner Board
Serial Communications
Unit
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
Serial Communications Units/Boards
Serial communications
modes
Set separately for each
port:
Protocol Macro, Host Link,
or 1:N NT Link, Serial
Gateway or non-protocol
communications.
Serial
Unit numbers
RS-232C x 2
--RS-232C x 1, RS-422A/485
x1
RS-232C x 2
0 to F
Model
CS1W-SCB21-V1
CS1W-SCB41-V1
CS1W-SCU21-V1
351
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 352 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Protocol Macros
Easily Create Protocols for Data Exchange with External Devices; Execute with One Instruction
Function
System Configuration
Protocols for communications with external devices can be easily created according to the communications standards required by the external device. Protocol macros enable communications with essentially
any external device with an RS-232C or RS-422A/485 port without programming communications in the PLC.
Standard system protocols are provided as a standard feature for communications with OMRON components, such as Temperature Controllers, Panel Meters, Bar Code Readers, and Modems. A Windowsbased tool called CX-Protocol is also available to enable creation of
protocols for most any external device.
Standard system protocols
(provided in Unit or Board)
OMRON
component
CD-ROM
CX-Protocol
User-created protocols
Create and
transfer
protocols
General-purpose
external device
Types of Protocol
Protocols
Standard system protocols
User-created protocols
External devices
OMRON components
General-purpose external device
Required products
Serial Communications Board or Unit
Serial Communications Board or Unit + CX-Protocol (Windows-based protocol support
software)
Standard System Protocols
Component
CompoWay/F-compatible components
Model
OMRON CompoWay/F slave
components
E5CK
Digital Controllers and Small Digital Controller with Communications (53 x 53 mm)
Temperature Control- Temperature Controllers with Digital Indications (Thermac J with com- [email protected]
lers
munications) (96 x 96 mm or 48 x 96 mm)
Digital Controllers with Communications (96 x 96 mm)
[email protected]
High-density Temperature Controller with communications (8 control E5ZE
points)
Intelligent Signal Processors (special specifications)
[email protected]
Bar Code Readers
Laser Scanner type
CCD type
Laser Micrometer
V500
V520
3Z4L
Visual Inspection Sys- High speed, high precision, low cost
tems
High-precision inspection/positioning
Character inspection software/positioning software
F200
F300
F350
RFID Controllers
V600
V620
--C-Series PLCs
CS/CJ-series PLCs
Electromagnetic coupling (for short distances)
Microwave (for long distances)
Hayes Modem AT Command
OMRON PLCs with Host Link (C-mode) protocol
OMRON PLCs with Host Link (FINS) protocol
352
Send/receive sequences
CompoWay/F command send/response
receive
Present value read, set point read, manipulated variable read, etc.
Set point write, alarm write, PID parameter write, etc.
Display value read, comparison value
read, write, etc.
Read start, data read, read stop, etc.
Measurement condition set, continuous
measurement start, etc.
Measurement, continuous measurement, etc.
Measurement, positioning, inspection,
character inspection, etc.
Carrier data read, autoread, write, etc.
Modem initialize, dial, send, etc.
--Requires SCU/SCB Ver. 1.2 or higher
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 353 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
NT-AL001
RS-232C/RS-422A Adapter Unit
Allows integration of RS232C devices into
RS-422A networks.
• Long-distance transmissions are possible through
an RS-422A interface. By converting from RS-232C
to RS-422A and then back to RS-232C, a transmission distance of up to 500 m can be achieved.
• No power supply is required. If the 5-V terminal
(150 mA max.) is connected from the RS-232C
device, a separate power supply is not required
to drive the Adapter Unit.
• The removable terminal block enables wiring not
possible with D-sub connectors. (The RS-232C
interface is 9-pin D-sub.)
Specifications
RS-232C Interface
Item
Baud rate
Transmission distance
Connector
Specification
64 Kbps max.
2 m max.
9-pin, D-sub connector (female)
RS-422A Interface
Item
Baud rate
Transmission distance
Terminal block
Specification
64 Kbps max. (depends on RS-232C baud rate)
500 m max.
8 terminals, M3.0; detachable
RS-232C/RS-422A Adapter Unit
353
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 354 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
[email protected]@@/C200H-IDS01-V1
RFID Sensor Unit
Easy integration of RFID Systems into PLC's.
• Connects V600 RFID read/write heads directly to
the PLC.
• Function checking possible with standard hand-held
Programming Console.
• Read data from Data Carriers simply by sending
a read command.
• The C200H-IDS01-V1 can read/write up to 1,024
bytes. The CS1W-V600C11/12 can read/write up to
2,048 bytes.
Function
Read/write data in Data Carrier memory by sending read/write commands from the CPU Unit to the Read/Write Head.
One Read/Write Head can be connected to the CS1W-V600C11 and
two Read/Write Heads can be connected to the CS1W-V600C12. The
data transfer speed has been increased in both models.
System Configuration
Read/
Write Head
Data Carrier
Specifications
Classification
Connectable ID System
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
V600 Series (electromagnetic,
for short distances)
C200H Special I/O Unit
354
Connectable Read/
Write Heads
1 Read/Write Head
2 Read/Write Heads
---
External power supply Unit numbers
Model
Not required
24 V DC
Not required
CS1W-V600C11
CS1W-V600C12
C200H-IDS01-V1
0 to 95
0 to 94
0 to 9
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 355 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-GPI01
GP-IB Interface Unit
• Enables communications between SYSMAC
CS-series PLCs and GP-IB instruments.
• Conforms to the standard interface IEEE-488-1978
(GP-IB).
• Usable in either Master Mode (controller) or Slave
Mode (talker, listener).
• Communications with GP-IB instruments are easily
implimented simply by using the INTELLIGENT I/O
READ and INTELLIGENT I/O WRITE (IORD/IOWR)
instruction in the ladder program in the CPU Unit to
read and write buffer memory in the GP-IB Interface
Unit.
Specifications
Item
Name
Model number
Unit type
Mounting location
Max. number of GP-IB Interface Units
Unit number setting range
GP-IB Interface Unit settings when editing the I/O tables offline
with the CX-Programmer
Transmission method
Communications method
Interface
Handshaking method
Functional specifications
(GP-IB interface functions)
Connection configurations
Transmission distance
Max. number of connected devices
GP-IB device address
Delimiters
Max. data transfer size
Max. number of connectors
Current consumption
Dimensions
Weight
GP-IB Interface Unit
Specification
SYSMAC CS-series GP-IB Interface Unit
CS1W-GPI01
CS1 Special I/O Unit
CS1 CPU Rack or CS1 Expansion Rack
Up to 4 GP-IB Interface Units per CPU Unit
0 to 95
Number of unit numbers used: 1
Number of input words allocated: 5
Number of output words allocated: 5
8-bit parallel data transfer
Half duplex
Conforms to IEEE-488-1978 (24-pin) standards
Three-line handshaking
Master mode: SH1, AH1, T6, TE0, L4, LE0, C1 to C4, and C28
Slave mode: SH1, AH1, T6, TE0, L4, LE0, SR1, RL0, PP0, DC1, and DT0
Star configuration or daisy-chain configuration
Limits on the length of cables in the system
(All three of these conditions must be satisfied simultaneously.)
Total cable length ≤Number of devices in the system × 2 m
Total cable length ≤20 m
Length of a single cable ≤4 m (for a 1:1 connection)
15 devices max. including the GP-IB Interface Unit
0 to 30
Select from the following: CR + LF, CR, LF, EOI, or user-set code.
512 bytes max. in a single reception or transmission
2 (connectors can be stacked)
5 VDC, 330 mA
35 × 130 × 101 mm (W × H × D)
258 g max.
355
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 356 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Communications Networks
Overview
Level
Information networks
Network
Ethernet
Controller Link
Control
networks
Functions
Host computer to PLC
PLC to PLC
Host computer to CPU Unit memory
card
UNIX computer or other socket service to PLC
Computers connected directly to
network and PLC
Controller Link
PLC to PLC
DeviceNet
DeviceNet
PLC to components (slaves)
PROFIBUS-DP
PLC to components (slaves)
CAN/CANopen
Component to components
CompoBus/S
PLC to components (slaves)
Communications
FINS messages
Unit/Board
Ethernet Unit
FTP server
Socket services
FINS messages
Data links (offsets and automatic setting)
FINS messages
Data links (offsets and automatic setting)
FINS messages on open network
High-capacity remote I/O on open network
(fixed or user allocations)
High-capacity remote I/O on open network
(user allocations)
Freely configurable, object-oriented communication
using CANopen or user-defined CAN protocols
High-speed remote I/O with OMRON network
(fixed allocations)
Controller Link Support
Board and Unit
Controller Link Unit
DeviceNet Master Unit
DeviceNet Master Unit
PROFIBUS-DP Master,
I/O Unit
CANopen Unit
CompoBus/S Master Unit
Specifications
Communications
Network
Messages
Ethernet
Yes
Controller Link
Yes
PROFIBUS-DP
Limited to DPV1
devices
Manually configurable
Yes
12 Mbps
Comm cycle from 1 ms
DeviceNet
Yes
CANopen
Yes
CompoBus/S
---
Data links
Remote I/O
Maximum speed
----10/100 Mbps
Total distance
---
Maximum nodes
Communications
media
-----
Yes
--2 Mbps
Comm cycle:
Approx. 34 ms
(Wired: 32 nodes, 2Kbits + 2-Kword data
links)
Twisted-pairs:1 km (at 1200 m up to
500 bps)
93.75 kbps,
Optical: 20 km
100 m at 12 Mbps.
Extension by optical
links is possible.
32/62 with repeaters 126 with repeaters
Special twisted-pair
PROFIBUS cable
cable or optical cable
--Yes
500 Kbps
Comm cycle:
Approx. 5 ms
(128 inputs and
128 outputs)
Yes
Yes
1 Mbps
(acyclic, on-event
communication)
--Yes
750 Kbps (See note 1.)
Comm cycle:
Approx. 1 ms
(128 inputs and
128 outputs)
500 m
(at 125 kbps)
5 km at 10 kbps to 40 Trunk line: 500 m
m at 1 Mbps
(See note 2.)
Communications cycle: 6 ms max.
63
DeviceNet cable
127
ISO11898. e.g.
DeviceNet cable
Network data link capacity
Remote I/O
capacity
---
32,000/62,000 words
---
---
---
---
---
300 words (C200H)
7000 words
(CJ1, CS1)
32,000 pts
(with Configurator)
2,048 pts
(without Configurator)
CS1, CJ1,
CVM1, CV Series,
C200HX/HG/HE,
C200HS, CQM1/
CQM1H (with I/O
Link), CPM2C (with I/O
Link)
Up to 200 words
configurable
256 pts
Supporting PLCs
CS1, CJ1, CVM1, CV CS1, CJ1,
Series,
CVM1, CV Series,
C200HX/HG/HE
C200HX/HG/HE
CS1,
C200HX/HG/HE
CS1, CJ1, C200HX/
HG/HE, C200HS,
CQM1/CQM1H,
[email protected]
(-DRT) SRM1;
CPM1A/CPM2C
(with I/O Link)
CS1, CJ1,
C200HX/HG/HE/HS,
CQM1/CQM1H
(I/O link),
CPM1A (I/O link)
32
2-core or 4-core
VCTF cable, special
flat cable (See note 3.)
---
Note: 1. For high-speed communications mode. Trunk line length is 100 m (30 m max. for 4-core VCTF or special flat cable).
2. For long-distance communications mode (200 m max. for 4-core VCTF or special flat cable).
3. Different types of cables cannot be mixed.
356
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 357 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
[email protected]@
Ethernet Units
Enables fast data transfer within Factory
Automation systems, and easily links FA
systems to plant management systems
• Access socket services simply by manipulating
specific bits in memory.
• Take advantage of data transfer by e-mail.
• Seamless communication with Controller Link
and other networks.
• Use the Ethernet standard protocols, TCP/IP and
UDP/IP.
• Use OMRON’s standard FINS message
communications.
• Exchange files with host computers using FTP.
• Set communications parameters with the
CX-Programmer setup menus.
Features of the 100Base-TX Model
• While the 100Base-TX model maintains backward compatibility with
the earlier models (10Base-5 and 10Base-T), the new model has a
basic system repsonse performance about 4 times faster.
• The FINS message communications capabilities have been
improved dramatically.
• Increased number of nodes (from 124 to 254 nodes)
Function
Achieve a wide range of communications from PLCs connected to an
Ethernet network: Transfer data with TCP/IP or UDP/IP socket services, executed OMRON’s standard FINS commands, transfer files
with FTP, or send mail with SMTP. Select the communications services
that are required and flexibly connect PLCs on an information level
Ethernet network.
• Supports TCP/IP protocol as well as the earlier UDP/IP protocol.
• The host computer’s IP address can be set dynamically (DHCP).
• A mail receiving function has been added (POP3).
• A function has been added that automatically corrects the PLC’s
internal clock (SNTP) .
• Various kinds of servers can be specified by their host name (DNS).
Ethernet Units
357
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 358 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
System Configuration
Intranet
Server Room
Administration Floor
• FTP software
• Mail software
Firewall
• DNS server
• POP3 server
• SMTP server
• SNTP server
Large
file
FTP
UDP/TCP socket
Ethernet
IP router
Mail received
Mail sent
Router
Router
Factory Line
Commands
recorded
NS-series PT
CX-Programmer
FINS
FINS
Internet
Ethernet
FINS messages
FINS messages
• CX-Programmer
• Mail software
SYSMAC
CS Series
Ethernet Unit
SYSMAC
CS Series
Wireless
Ethernet Unit
Memory Card
FINS
Specifications
Unit name
Ethernet Unit
(100Base-TX)
358
Type
CS CPU Bus Unit
Communications service
Connector
FINS communications service (TCP/IP, UDP/IP), FTP server
100Base-TX
functions, socket services, mail transmission service,
(10Base-T)
mail receive (remote command receive), automatically adjusted
PLC built-in clock, server/host name specification)
Model
CS1W-ETN21
CS1D-ETN21D
Programmable Controllers
[email protected]@-V1, [email protected]@-V1, [email protected]
Controller Link Units and PCI Boards
OMRON’s efficient and easy-to-use
FA Network
• Achieve high-capacity, flexible data links.
• Transfer large volumes of data through a message
service.
• Connect through twisted-pair cables or optical fiber
cables.
• Connect CS1, CJ1, C200HX/HG/HE and CQM1H
PLCs.
• Complete error correction and troubleshooting
functions.
• Quick configuration of communication links with
CX-Programmer's setup menus.
• Increase network reliability with duplex
connections for optical networks.
• Use either ring mode or bus mode for optical networks.
Function
Controller Link is OMRON’s proprietary FA-level network. It supports
automatic data links between PLCs and between PLCs and host computer, as well as programmed data transfers using a message service.
You get high-capacity, flexible data links and high-capacity data transfers with messages. For a low-cost communications system, twistedpair cables can be used.
System Configuration
Use Repeater Units for T-branch Wiring, Extension, Expansion, and Optical Sections
T-branching Enables More Flexible Wiring Solution for
Layout, Building, and Expansion of Networks
Wired Types Support Long-distance Extension
The total extended length that was previously 500 m at 2 Mbps can be
extended to up to 1.5 km by using two Repeater Units.
Connect up to 64 Nodes Using Wired Types
Networks can be constructed with up to 62 nodes when Controller Link
Units/Support Boards with -V1 suffix are combined with Repeater Units.
Wiring with Optical Cables Increases Noise Immunity
Using two Repeater Units for optical ring enables wiring with optical
cables in parts of the network subject to noise.
Simpler, More Flexible Data Links
Change Data Link Tables Whilte Data Links Are Active
• When data link tables are changed due to additional nodes or other
networking changes, data link tables can be transferred without stopping any data link communications.
• Flexbile system configurations can be changed by combining node
expansion using Repeater Units.
Controller Link Units and PCI Boards
359
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 359 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 360 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Specifications
Unit/Board
Controller Link Units
Classification
CPU Bus Unit
Controller Link Support
Boards
Personal computer board --(for PCI bus)
Controller Link Repeater
Units
---
Compatible PLC
CS Series
Not mounted to PLC
Media
Wired
Optical ring
(H-PCF cable)
Optical ring
(GI cable)
Wired
Optical ring
(H-PCF cable)
Optical ring
(GI cable)
Twisted-pair cable
Optical ring
(H-PCF cable)
Optical ring
(GI cable)
Model
CS1W-CLK21-V1
CS1W-CLK12-V1
(See note.)
CS1W-CLK52-V1
(See note.)
3G8F7-CLK21-EV1
3G8F7-CLK12-EV1
Connections
Can be mounted together
with previous Controller
Link Units/Support Boards.
3G8F7-CLK52-EV1
CS1W-RPT01
CS1W-RPT02
Unit mounted independently using either
DIN Track or screws.
CS1W-RPT03
Note: Lot numbers for the CS1W-CLK12-V1 and CS1W-CLK52-V1 are 030602 or later (June 2003 or later).
Main Specifications Related to Version Upgrade for Unit Ver. 1.2
Item
Number of data link words
Data Link Area allocations User-set allocations
Automatically set
equal allocations
Automatically set
1: N allocations
Maximum number of Controller Link Units connected
to a single CPU Unit
Unit Ver. 1.2 or later
Pre-Ver. 1.2
Number of send/receive words per Unit
Number of send/receive words per Unit
Total of Area 1 and Area 2: 20,000 words max.
Total of Area 1 and Area 2: 12,000 words max.
Number of send words per Unit Total of Area 1 and Area 2: 1,000 words max.
Areas 1 and 2: CIO Area (including data link words), DM Area, and EM Area
Area 1: CIO Area (including data link words), Area 2: DM Area and EM Area
Areas 1 and 2: CIO Area (including data link words), DM Area, and EM Area
8 Units max.
4 Units max.
Note: CX-Programmer Ver. 5.0 or higher is requested to set a data link area with a maximum number of send and receive words of 20,000 words
per Controller Unit, or to allocate the same area for Area 1 and Area 2.
Specifications for Networks Using Repeaters
Item
Transmission path configuration
Baud rate/maximum transmission distance
(See note 2.)
Maximum number of nodes
Maximum number of Repeater levels (See note 3.)
Segment (See note 1.)
Multi-drop
2 Mbps: 500 m
1 Mbps: 800 m
500 kbps: 1 km
Controller Link Unit + Repeater Unit
Total number of nodes: 32
---
Total network
Tree (using Repeaters to connect each segment)
2 Mbps: 1.5 km
1 Mbps: 2.4 km
400 kbps: 3.0 km
Controller Link Unit: 62 nodes (using a Controller Link
Unit htat supports 62 nodes)
2 levels
Note: 1. Specifications for each segment are the same as for Wired Controller Link networks.
2. Maximum transmission distance: Total wired cable length between the two nodes separated by the longest total wired cable length.
3. Maximum number of Repeater levels: Maximum number of Repeaters in a path linking any two nodes. For optical ring types, one set of
two Units comprises one level.
360
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 361 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-PRM21
PROFIBUS-DP Master Unit
• PROFIBUS-DP master class one with support
of DP-V1 data types.
• 7 kWord I/O
• Simple configuration through FDT/DTM
based configurator
• Special CPU unit
• Handles data independent of the CPU unit,
thus reducing CPU load
Function
The CS1W-PRM21 is a master system (DPM1). It exchanges I/O data
and communication/status information with the CPU of the PLC. To
configure the CS1W-PRM21 a serial port of the CPU can be used. But
because configuring is done through FINS
communication virtual any accesspoint on the PLC network can be
used. It exchanges data and commands with PROFIBUS-DP slave
stations over the PROFIBUS network.
Specifications
Model
CS1W-PRM21
Remarks
Main function
Unit No.
Maximum number of units mountable per
PLC
Configurator
Supported baud rate(s)
Selectable PROFIBUS address
Maximum number of PROFIBUS slaves
Maximum number of I/O points
Maximum number of I/O points per
PROFIBUS slave
Control and status ares size
Supported Global_Control services
Supported Master-Slave communication
services
Power consumption
Dimensions
Weight
Ambient temperature
PROFIBUS-DP Master Unit
Basic PROFIBUS-DP master Class 1
functions plus: DPV1 data types support
0-15
16
FTD/DTM based
All baud rates as specified by the standard
EN50170 Volume 2, the PROFIBUS extensions to EN50170, as well as the standard
IEC61158:
9.6 kBit/s,
19.2 kBit/s,
45.45 kBit/s.
93.75 kBit/s,
187.5 kBit/s,
500 kBit/s,
1.5 MBit/s,
3 MBit/s,
6 MBit/s,
12 MBit/s
0-125
125
7168 words
244 bytes In / 244 bytes Out
25 words
Sync
Unsync
Freeze
Unfreeze
Clear
Data_Exchange
Slave_Diag
Set_PRM
Chk_Cfg
Global_Control
400 mA at 5 V
34.5 mm wide x 130 mm height x
111.2 mm depth
154 gr
Operating: 0 °C to 50 °C
Special CPU unit
Maximum depends on PLC CPU-type
Incorporates a Generic DTM to use with GSD-file
based slaves
The baud rate value to be used must be selected
through the Configurator.
Set through the configurator
Through Control Area
361
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 362 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
C200HW-PRT21
PROFIBUS-DP Slave Unit
I/O Link Unit for C200H# and CS1 PLC
Ideal for distributed control.
• OMRON’s C200HS, C200HE, C200HG, C200HX
and CS1 PLCs can be used as an intelligent Slave
on a PROFIBUS-DP network.
• Default 2 words in + 2 words out, maximum
100 words in + 100 words out.
• Simple PROFIBUS-DP node address setting by
rotary switches.
• Supports SYNC/FREEZE and Fail-Safe functions.
Specifications
Communication Specifications
Applicable standard
Station type
Bus connector
Bus termination
Baud rate (auto-detect)
PROFIBUS address range
Communication cable
Minimum slave interval time
Supported DP functions
PROFIBUS-DP GSD file
EN 50170 vol. 2
Modular station, max. 32 modules
Configurable with In-, Out- and I/O-modules of 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 words
Total of 0 to 100 words in + 0 to 100 words out, with consistency over the full length
9-pin female sub-D connector (RS-485 PROFIBUS connector)
External
9.6 / 19.2 / 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 kbit/s,
1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12 Mbit/s
0 to 125, Remote setting not supported
Type A (EN 50170 vol. 2)
0.5 ms
Data_Exchange
Slave_Diag
Set_Prm
Chk_Cfg
Global_Control (SYNC, FREEZE, CLEAR)
Get_Cfg
RD_Imp
RD_Outp
OC_04AC.GSD
Unit Specifications
Host PLC system
Maximum number of Units per PLC system
C200HS, C200HE, C200HG, C200HX, CS1
C200HS
10
C200HE-CPU11/32/42
C200HG-CPU33/43
C200HX-CPU34/44
All others
16
Slave unit mounting position
CPU Rack or Expansion I/O Rack
Unit: cannot be mounted to SYSMAC BUS Slave Racks
Unit: cannot be used on a C200H PLC system
Current consumption
250 mA at 5 V DC (from PLC power supply)
Weight
180 g
Switch settings
Special I/O Unit number (0-F) by notary switch
PROFIBUS-DP mode address (o to 125) by 3 rotary switches
LED indicators
Unit status:
RUN (green LED), ERR (red LED)
Network status: COMM (green LED), BF (red LED)
No. of IR words
PLC to Slave Unit: 3 words (1 word of control data + 2 words slave input data)
Slave unit to PLC: 5 words (3 words of unit status + 2 words slave output data)
No. of DM settings
8 words of Unit setup information
Amount of I/O data per Unit
Default (DM settings all 0000)
all PLC’s: 2 words in + 2 words out
With user defined DM settings
C200HS: up to 80 words in + out
all others: up to 100 words in + 100 words out
Storage temperature
- 20 °C to + 75 °C
Operating temperature
0 °C to + 55 °C
Operating humidity
10% to 90% (non-condensing)
Conformance to EMC- and environmental standards EN50081-2
EN61131-2
362
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 363 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
CS1W-DRM21-V1
DeviceNet Unit
Multivendor Field Network
• Control of up to 32,000 points (2,000 words) per
master.
• Remote I/O communications can be allocated in any
area using DM settings.
• 16 DeviceNet Units can be mounted for each CPU
Unit (3 max. for fixed allocations).
• When using the Configurator (see note), remote I/O
can be allocated in an order independent of node
address.
Note: The Configurator is allocating a node-address if connected to DeviceNet using a DeviceNet communication card. It is not doing this if connected through the
serial communications interface of the CPU.
• DeviceNet Units can be used as a master and
a slave, and this functionality can be used simultaneously.
Note: DeviceNet Units allow DeviceNet networks to be
treated exactly like Controller Link, Ethernet, or other
networks for message communications or remote programming and monitoring by a CX-Programmer.
Function
OMRON supports the DeviceNet open field network, a multivendor
network for machine/line control and information. The following types of
communications are possible.
1. Remote I/O communications for automatic data transfers between
the CPU Unit and Slaves (with no programming in the CPU Unit).
2. Explicit message communications. This can be programmed from
the CPU unit (IOWR and CMND instructions) and read from/write
to other DeviceNet units.
3. With explict message communication FINS commands can be
send to other devices that support FINS messaging.
System Configuration
DeviceNet Master Unit
Configurator
500 Kbps: 100 m
125 Kbps: 500 m
DeviceNet
DeviceNet I/O
Link Unit
Slaves
Non-I/O slaves
63 nodes max.
MULTIPLE I/O TERMINAL
DeviceNet Unit
363
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 364 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Ordering Information
Compatible PLCs
CS1 Series
When used as a
master
When used as a
slave
Maximum number of I/O points
Fixed allocations
User-set allocations
Using allocated DM Area
words
Input: 1,024 points
Input: 8,000 points
Output: 1,024 points
Output: 8,000 points
Total: 2,048 points
Total: 16,000 points
(128 words)
(1,000 words)
Input: 1,600 points
Input: 16 points
Output: 1,600 points
Output: 16 points
Total: 3,200 points
Total: 32 points (2 words)
(200 words)
Model
Using Configurator
Input: 8,000 points x 2 blocks
Output: 8,000 points x 2 blocks
Total: 32,000 points (2,000 words)
CS1W-DRM21
Input: 1,600 points x 1 block
Output: 1,600 points x 2 blocks
Total: 4,800 points (300 words)
Specifications
Master/Slave Specifications
Communications power supply voltage
Remote I/O, explicit message service
11 to 25 V DC (supplied from the communications connector)
(See note 1.)
Communications:30 mA max.
Internal circuit:290 mA max.
63 (See note 2.)
Fixed allocations
2,048 points
Current consumption
Max. number of
connectable slaves
Max. number of I/O points
When used as a
master
When used as a
slave
User-set
Using allocated DM Area When used as a
allocations
words
master
When used as a
slave
Using Configurator
When used as a
master
When used as a
slave
Number of allocated words Fixed allocations
When used as a
master
When used as a
slave
User-set
Using allocated DM Area When used as a
allocations
words
master
When used as a
slave
Using Configurator
When used as a
master
When used as a
slave
Max. message length
Max. number of Units
Fixed allocations
mountable to PLC
User-set allocations
Weight
32 points
16,000 points
3,200 points
32,000 points
4,800 points
64 input and 64 output words
Software switch/status area: 25 words
1 input word, 1 output word (See note 3.)
500 input and 500 output words
Software switch/status area: 25 words
100 input and 100 output words (See note 3.)
Software switch/status area: 25 words
500 input words x 2 blocks, 500 output words x 2 blocks
Software switch/Status area: 25 words
100 input words x 1 blocks, 100 output words x 2 blocks
Software switch/Status area: 25 words
542 bytes (See note 4.)
3
16
172 g max.
Note: 1. Refer to the DeviceNet (CompoBus/D) Operation Manual (W267) for the communications power supply specifications.
2. The DeviceNet unit uses a node of the 64 supported by DeviceNet, leaves connection is possible to 63 slaves.
3. When the DeviceNet is used a slave, “input” and “output” respectively refer to input from the master to the slave and output from the slave
to the master.
4. The maximum message length includes the command code when using the CMND instruction.
5. The CS1W–DRM21 cannot perform message communications with the [email protected]@B. Use the [email protected]@B-V2, which is a later version. For details on the [email protected]@B-V2, refer to the catalog for the product itself (SGTD-017).
DeviceNet Unit
Classification
CS1 CPU Bus Unit
C200H Special I/O
Unit
Types of communications
Remote I/O communications master
(fixed or user-set allocations)
Remote I/O communications slave
(fixed or user-set allocations)
Message communications
Remote I/O communications master
Remote I/O communications slave
Specifications
Unit numbers
Up to 16 Units can be mounted 0 to F
when a Configurator is used. (Configurator required to mount 16
Units.)
Model
CS1W-DRM21
C200HW-DRM21-V1
C200HW-DRT21
DeviceNet Configurator
Model number
WS02-CFDC1-E
3G8E2-DRM21-E-V1
364
Specifications
Software only (Windows 95, 98, NT 4.0, 2000, or XP)
PC card with software (Windows 95 or 98)
Programmable Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 365 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Programmable
Controllers
C200HW-DRT21
DeviceNet I/O Link Unit
I/O Link Unit is ideal for distributed control.
PLC can be used as an Intelligent Slave on
the DeviceNet.
• Intelligent DeviceNet Slave
• Supports I/O and message communications.
• Maximum I/O area size:
512 input points (32 words)
512 output points (32 words)
• Programming Console or Configurator freely
allocates I/O areas.
Ordering Information
Name
I/O Link Unit (for SYSMAC CS1, C200HX/HG/HE)
Max. number I/O points
512 inputs, 512 outputs (1,024 points in total)
Model
C200HW-DRT21
Specifications
Ratings/Characteristics
General Specifications
Item
Communications power
supply voltage
Current consumption
Max. number of I/O points
Default area
No. of connectable Units
Weight
Specification
11 to 25 V DC
Communications power supply: 45 mA max.
Internal circuit power supply: 250 mA max. at 5 V DC
512 input points (32 words)
512 output points (32 words)
Write area (linking with Master’s write area): 1 word out of 350 IR words
Read area (linking with Master’s read area): 1 word out of 50 IR words
10 max. (CS1/C200HX/HG/HE CPU Unit handles up to 880 I/O points)
16 max. (CS1/C200HX/HG/HE CPU Unit handles more than 880 I/O points)
250 g max.
Function Specifications
Settings (Slave)
Item
Function
Allowable setting area
First address
Area size
Setting method
Specification
A write area block and a read area block can be freely allocated to any areas or addresses respectively
Both read and write areas can be allocated to IR, DM, HR, AR, LR, T/C, and EM areas
A readable or writable area by word (with some restrictions)
Set in 1-byte increments up to 64 bytes for both read and write areas
Configurator
Refer to the DeviceNet Configurator Operation Manual (W328).
Programming Console
1. Write the set value to I/O setting area allocated to the Special I/O Area.
2. Turn ON the software switch allocated to the Special I/O Area and write
the settings.
3. Turn the Programming Console OFF and ON or reset the AR area.
Message Communications
Item
Function
Master
Max. message size
Specification
Supports messages that can be written to or read from the CS1/C200HX/HG/HE’s user I/O areas (i.e., IR, DM, HR, AR, LR, T/C,
and EM areas)
OMRON’s Master Unit or compatible unit from Rockwell
Slave (C200HW-DRT21)
200 bytes per READ or WRITE command
Dimensions
35 × 130 × 101 mm (W × H × D)
Precautions
Refer to the relevant catalog for details on CS1-series and C200HX/HG/HE PLCs (CS1 Series: Cat. No. P047; C200HX/HG/HE: Cat. No. P036).
DeviceNet I/O Link Unit
365
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 366 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
C200HW-CORT21-V1
CAN & CANopen communication unit
CAN & CANopen communication unit
Supports CANopen, but can also be
used to communicate with a user-defined
CAN protocol
• PDO’s configurable with CANopen Configurator or
IOWR PLC instructions
• Able to transceive any user defined CAN message
up to 2000 msgs/s using IOWR PLC instructions
• Able to set any arbitrary baud rate supported by the
CAN controller
• Mountable on C200H Alpha and CS1 backplanes
System Configuration
CS1
C200HE/-HG/-HX
C200HW-CORT21-V1
CS1
C200HE/-HG/-HX
C200HW-CORT21-V1
CANopen
Third-party
devices
Frequency Inverter
366
User-defined CAN
Devices with CAN
interface and a
proprietary protocol:
Aplications are:
- Test equipment
- Drives
- Cranes
- Lifts
- Tractors
Programmable Controllers
Specifications
Installation
Host PLC system
Maximum number of Units per PLC system
Unit mounting position
Current consumption
Environment
User Interface
Network power supply
Weight
Storage temperature
Operating temperature
Operating humidity
Conformance to EMC- and environmental
standards
Switch settings
Indicators
PLC Interface
No. of IR words
No. of DM settings
Amount of I/O data per Unit
Network
interface
Message communications
CAN interface
Bus connector
Node address
Baud rate
Profile
Supported functions
EDS file
CAN & CANopen communication unit
C200HE, C200HG, C200HX, CS1-series
C200HE
10
C200HG-CPU3#-E/CPU4#-E
C200HX-CPU3#-E/CPU4#-E
All others
16
CPU Rack of Expansion I/O Rack
Unit cannot be mounted to SYSMAC BUS Slave Racks
Internal I/O power supply: 250 mA at 5V DC max. (from PLC)
Network power supply:
45 mA max. (from communications connector)
24 V DC ± 10%
250 g
- 20 °C to + 75 °C
0 °C to + 55 °C
10 to 90% (non-condensing)
EN50081-2
EN61131-2
Special I/O Unit number (0~F) by rotary switch (front)
Network baud rate (10 kbit/s ~ 1000 kbit/s) by 3 DIP-switches (front)
CANopen node address (001 ~ 127) by 7 DIP-switches (rear)
Unit status:
RUN (green LED), ERR (red LED)
Network status:
2 x 7-segment display
PLC →Unit:
3 words (1 word control data + 2 words CANopen transmit data)
Unit →PLC:
5 words (3 words Unit status + 2 words CANopen receive data)
20 words
Default [DM settings all 0000]: 2 words in + 2 words out
With user defined DM settings: additionally up to 100 words in + 100 words out
By IOWR/IORD instructions
ISO 11898, High Speed CAN
5-pin mal open style connector
1 to 127, remote setting not supported
10, 20, 50, 125, 250, 500, 800, 1000 kbit/s
(Note: Refer to appendix D for the configuration of any arbitrary baud rate via the DM settings.)
Communication Profile DS301 version 4.0
Manufacturer Specific Application Profile
Boot-up type
Minimum
NMT
Slave
Number of PDOs
Max. 64 transmit PDOs and 64 receive PDOs
PDO transmission modes
Default:
Asynchronous
Configurable:
Synchronous cyclic
Synchronous acyclic
PDO linking
Supported
PDO mapping
Variable
Application objects
Default configuration:
Transmit objects: 4 x 8-bit
Receive objects: 4 x 8-bit
Additionally configurable:
Transmit objects: 8-bit (max. 100)
16-bit (max. 100)
32-bit (max. 50)
64-bit (max. 25)
Receive objects: 8-bit (max. 100)
16-bit (max. 100)
32-bit (max. 50)
64-bit (max. 25)
The total size of additonally configured transmit- and
receive objects is limited to 100 words each.
Number of SDOs
1 server
Emergency Message
EMCY Producer
Synchronisation
SYNC Consumer
Error control servies
Heartbeat (1 producer and 1 consumer) and
Node guarding
Storing of Parameters
Yes, can be stored in non-volatile memory
User defined CAN messages
Transmission using IOWR PLC instruction
Reception through configurable identifier filter
CORT21V1.eds
367
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 367 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 368 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
C200HW-SRM21-V1
CompoBus/S Master Unit
CompoBus/S is a high-speed I/O bus
•
•
•
•
Up to 256 I/O points per Master.
Up to 32 Slaves per Master.
Communications cycle time: 0.5 ms (at 750 kbps).
Communications distance: Up to 500 m
(at 93.75 kbps).
Free wiring with any branching method for up to
200 m (in long-distance communications mode).
Function
System Configuration
A high-speed ON/OFF bus that automatically transfers remote I/O status to the CPU Unit without any programming in the CPU Unit. Highspeed remote I/O is supported by a communications cycle time of 1 ms
maximum for 256 I/O points.
CompoBus/S Master Unit
750 Kbps, 100 m
CompoBus/S network 93.75 Kbps, 500 m
Remote I/O
Slaves
32 Terminals max.
Specifications
General
Classification
C200H Special I/O Unit
Communications
Remote I/O
Specifications
No. of mountable Units: 16
Unit number
0 to F
Model
C200HW-SRM21-V1
Unit Specifications
Current consumption
Number of I/O points
Number of occupied words
PLC
Number of
Master Units
mountable
C200HE
C200HG-CPU33/43
C200HG-CPU53/63
C200HX-CPU34/44
C200HX-CPU54/64
C200HS
CS1
Number of points per node number
Max. number of Slaves per Master
Status data
Weight
Approved standards
150 mA max. at 5 V DC
256 points (128 inputs/128 outputs), 128 points (64 inputs/64 outputs) (switchable)
256 points:20 words (8 input words/8 output words, 4 status data)
128 points:10 words (4 input words/4 output words, 2 status data)
CS1, C200HX (-ZE), C200HG (-ZE), C200HE (-ZE), C200HS
128 points: 10, 256 points: 5
128 points: 10, 256 points: 5
128 points: 16, 256 points: 8
128 points: 10, 256 points: 5
128 points: 16, 256 points: 8
128 points: 10, 256 points: 5
128 points: 16, 256 points: 8
8 points
32
Communications Error Flag and Active Slave Node (see note)
200 g max.
UL 508 (E95399), CSA C22.2 No. 142 (LR51460)
These flags use the AR area.
368
Programmable Controllers
Communications Specifications
Communications method
Coding method
Connection method
Communications baud rate
Communications
High-speed communications
cycle time
mode
Long-distance
communications mode
Communications
cable
Communications
distance
High-speed communications
mode
Long-distance
communications mode
Max. number of connecting nodes
Error control checks
CompoBus/S protocol
Manchester coding method
Multi-drop method and T-branch method (see note 1)
750,000 bps, 93,750 bps (see note 2)
0.5 ms with 8 Slaves for inputs and 8 Slaves for outputs
0.8 ms with 16 Slaves for inputs and 16 Slaves for outputs
4.0 ms with 8 Slaves for inputs and 8 Slaves for outputs
6.0 ms with 16 Slaves for inputs and 16 Slaves for outputs
2-conductor VCTF cable (0.75 x 2), 4-conductor VCTF cable (0.75 x 4)
Special Flat Cable
2-conductor VCTF cable:
Main line length:100 m max.
Branch line length:3 m max.
Total branch line length:50 m max.
Special Flat Cable, 4-conductor VCTF cable:
Main line length:30 m max.
Branch line length:3 m max.
Total branch line length:30 m max.
(When Special Flat Cable is used to connect fewer than 16 Slaves, the main line can be up to 100 m long
and the total branch line length can be up to 50 m.)
2-conductor VCTF cable:
Main line length:500 m max.
Branch line length:6 m max.
Total branch line length:120 m max.
Special Flat Cable, 4-conductor VCTF cable:
Variable branch wiring (total cable length 200 m max.)
(There are no limits on the branching format or main, branch, or total line lengths.
The terminator must be connected to the point in the system farthest from the master.)
32
Manchester code check, frame length check, and parity check
Note: 1. A terminator must be connected to the point in the system most remote from the Master.
2. The communications baud rate is set by the DIP switch.
CompoBus/S Master Unit
369
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 369 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 370 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Ordering Information
International Standards
The indicated standards are those current for UL, CSA, cULus, NK and Lloyds standards and EC directives as of September 2004.
Abbreviations used:
U = UL, U1 = UL Class I Div.2 for hazardous locations, C = CSA, UC = cULus, UC1 = cULus Class I Div.2 for hazardous locations
CU = cUL, N = NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai), L = Lloyd's Register, CE = EC Directives. Please contact OMRON representative for application conditions.
CPU Rack
Name
CPU Units
(See note.)
CPU Backplanes
(for CS1 Units only)
CPU Backplanes
(for CS1- and
C200H I/O Units)
Power Supply Units
I/O Control Unit
Memory Cards
Serial Communications
Boards
Programming Consoles
Programming Console
Key Sheet
Programming Console
Connecting Cables
CX-One
Peripheral Device
Connecting Cables
(for peripheral port)
Peripheral Device
Connecting Cables
(for RS-232C port)
USB-Serial Conversion
Cable
Battery Set
*1
Specifications
I/O bits
Program
Data memory capacity
capacity
5,120
250 kSteps
448 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 13 banks)
5,120
120 kSteps
256 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 7 banks)
5,120
60 kSteps
128 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 3 banks)
5,120
30 kSteps
64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 1 bank)
5,120
20 kSteps
64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 1 bank)
5,120
60 kSteps
128 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 3 banks)
1,280
30 kSteps
64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 1 bank)
960
20 kSteps
64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 1 bank)
960
10 kSteps
64 kWords (DM: 32 kWords, EM: 32 kWords × 1 bank)
2 slots (Does not connect to Expansion Rack.)
3 slots
5 slots
8 slots
10 slots
2 slots (Does not connect to Expansion Rack.)
3 slots
5 slots
8 slots
10 slots
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC; Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with 0.8 A, 24 V DC service power supply)
Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output) Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output) Output capacity: 9 A, 5 V DC
24 V DC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 V DC, Output capacity: 6 A, 5 V DC
For Expansion Racks connected over a distance of more than 12 m (2 terminating resistors
included. C200H Units cannot be used on Long-distance Expansion Racks.)
Flash memory, 30 MB
Flash memory, 64 MB
Memory Card Adapter (for computer PCMIA slot)
2 × RS-232C ports, protocol macro function
1 × RS-232C port + 1 × RS-422/485 port, protocol macro function
An English Keyboard Sheet (CS1W-KS001-E) is required.
(Connects to peripheral port on CPU Unit only. Cannot be connected to RS-232C port.)
For C200H-PRO27 and CQM1H-PRO01
Connects the C200H-PRO27-E Programming Console. (Length: 2.0 m)
Connects the C200H-PRO27-E Programming Console. (Length: 6.0 m)
Omron's integrated software for programming and configuration of all control system components, including PLCs, HMI, drives, temperature controllers and advanced sensors.
Connects personal computers, D-Sub 9-pin receptacle (Length: 0.1 m)
(Conversion cable to connect RS-232C cable to peripheral port)
Peripheral bus or Host Link
Connects personal computers, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 2.0 m)
Connects personal computers, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 6.0 m)
Peripheral bus or Host Link, Connects personal computers, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 2.0 m)
antistatic
Connects personal computers, D-sub 9-pin (Length: 5.0 m)
Host Link
Connects personal computers, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 2.0 m)
Connects personal computers, D-Sub 9-pin (Length: 5.0 m)
Converts between USB and RS-232C, cable length: 0.5 m
PC driver provided on CD-ROM. Refer to Using a USB-Serial Conversion Cable to Connect to
a Peripheral or RS-232C Port on page 291 for specifications.
For CS1 Series only. (Install a replacement battery within 2 years of the production date.)
Model
---
Standards
---
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1W-BC022
CS1W-BC032
CS1W-BC052
CS1W-BC082
CS1W-BC102
CS1W-BC023
CS1W-BC033
CS1W-BC053
CS1W-BC083
CS1W-BC103
C200HW-PA204
C200HW-PA204S
UC1, N, L, CE
U, C, N, L, CE
U, C, N, L, CE
U, C, N, L, CE
C200HW-PA204R
C200HW-PA209R
C200HW-PD024
C200HW-PD106R
CS1W-IC102
U, C
U, C, N, L, CE
UC1, N, L, CE
U, C
U, C, CE
HMC-EF372
HMC-EF672
HMC-AP001
CS1W-SCB21-V1
CS1W-SCB41-V1
CQM1-PRO01-E
C200H-PRO27-E
CS1W-KS001-E
L, CE
U, C, CE
U, C, N, CE
CE
CS1W-CN224
CS1W-CN624
[email protected]@C-E*1
---
CS1W-CN118
CE
CE
U, C, N, L, CE
CS1W-CN226
CS1W-CN626
XW2Z-200S-CV
XW2Z-500S-CV
XW2Z-200S-V
XW2Z-500S-V
CS1W-CIF31
---
CS1W-BAT01
L, CE
---
@@ = Number of licences; 01, 03, 10
Note: When using a CS1W-CN313 or CS1W-CN713 I/O Connecting Cable with a [email protected]@@H CPU Unit, use only Cables produced on or
after September 20, 2001 (production number 2091). Cables with no production number, a 6-digit production number, or produced before
September 20, 2001, cannot be used.
370
Programmable Controllers
SYSMAC CS1D Duplex System
Name
Duplex CPU Units
Specifications
I/O capacity
Program capacity
5,120 points 60 Ksteps
250 Ksteps
Duplex process control
CPUs
(include LCB05 option
board for duplex system)
Single CPU Units
supporting online I/O unit
replacement
Duplex Unit
CS1D Power Supply Units
Duplex CPU Backplane
Single CPU backplane
Expansion Backplane
Controller Link Units
CX-One
Optical Fiber Cable
*1
5,120 points
60 Ksteps
5120
250 kSteps
5120
60 kSteps
1280
30 kSteps
960
10 kSteps
Data memory capacity
128 Kwords
(DM: 32 Kwords, EM: 32 Kwords x 3 banks)
448 Kwords
(DM: 32 Kwords, EM: 32 Kwords x 13 banks)
128 Kwords
(DM: 32 Kwords, EM: 32 Kwords x 3 banks)
448 kWords
(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 13 banks)
128 kWords
(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 3 banks)
64 kWords
(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 1 bank)
64 kWords
(DM: 32 kWords, EM 32 kWords x 1 bank)
--100 to 120 VAC or 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz (with RUN output)
Output capacity: 7 A, 5 VDC; 1.3 A, 26 VDC, 35 W total max.
24 VDC, Output capacity: 4.3 A, 5 VDC; 0.56 A, 26 VDC, 28 W total max.
5 slots, supports dual CPUs and duplex unit, dual power supplies and
on-line Unit replacement
8 slots (supports dual power supply and on-line Unit replacement)
9 slots (Used both for CS1D Expansion Racks and CS1D Long-distance Expansion
Racks.)
Optical ring type with H-PCF cable
Optical ring type with GI cable
Omron's integrated software for programming and configuration of all control system
components, including PLCs, HMI, drives, temperature controllers and advanced sensors.
H-PCF cable for for interconnection between Duplex Controller Link Units,
cable length: 50 cm
Model
--CS1D-CPU65H
Standards
UC1, N, L, CE
CS1D-CPU67H
CS1D-CPU65P
CS1D-CPU67P
UC1, CE
CS1D-CPU67S
UC1, N, L, CE
CS1D-CPU65S
CS1D-CPU44S
CS1D-CPU42S
CS1D-DPL01
CS1D-PA207R
UC1, N, L, CE
CS1D-PD024
CS1D-BC052
CS1D-BC082S
CS1D-BI092
CS1D-CLK12-V1
CS1D-CLK52-V1
[email protected]@C-E*1
---
CS1D-CN051
---
@@ = Number of licences; 01, 03, 10
371
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 371 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 372 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Expansion Racks
Name
CS1 Expansion Backplanes
(for CS1 Units only)
Specifications
3 slots
5 slots
8 slots
10 slots
CS1 Expansion Backplanes
3 slots
(for CS1 and C200H I/O Units)
5 slots
8 slots
10 slots
C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes 3 slots
5 slots
8 slots
10 slots
Power Supply Units
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with service supply: 0.8 A, 24 V DC), Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)
Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC (with RUN output)
Output capacity: 9 A, 5 V DC
24 V DC, Output capacity: 4.6 A, 5 V DC
100 V DC, Output capacity: 6 A, 5 V DC
I/O Interface Unit
For Expansion Racks connected over a distance of more than 12 m. (C200H Units
cannot be used on Long-distance Expansion Racks.)
CS1 I/O Connecting Cables
Connects CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU BackLength: 0.3 m
planes or other CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes.
Length: 0.7 m
Length: 2 m
Length: 3 m
Length: 5 m
Length: 10 m
Length: 12 m
Long-distance Expansion Rack
Connect I/O Control Unit to I/O Interface Unit or connects Length: 0.3 m
Cables
two I/O Interface Units
Length: 0.6 m
Length: 1 m
Length: 2 m
Length: 3 m
Length: 5 m
Length: 10 m
Length: 20 m
Length: 30 m
Length: 40 m
Length: 50 m
CS1 to C200H I/O
Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to CPU Back- Length: 0.3 m
Connecting Cables
planes or CS1 Expansion I/O Backplanes.
Length: 0.7 m
Length: 2 m
Length: 3 m
Length: 5 m
Length: 10 m
Length: 12 m
C200H I/O Connecting
Connects C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes to other C200H Length: 0.3 m
Cables
Expansion I/O Backplanes.
Length: 0.7 m
Length: 2 m
Length: 5 m
Length: 10 m
372
Model
CS1W-BI032
CS1W-BI052
CS1W-BI082
CS1W-BI102
CS1W-BI033
CS1W-BI053
CS1W-BI083
CS1W-BI103
C200HW-BI031
C200HW-BI051
C200HW-BI081-V1
C200HW-BI101-V1
C200HW-PA204
C200HW-PA204S
Standards
U, C, N, L, CE
C200HW-PA204R
U, C
C200HW-PA209R
U, C, N, L, CE
C200HW-PD024
C200HW-PD106R
CS1W-II102
UC1, N, L, CE
U, C
U, C, N, L, CE
CS1W-CN313
CS1W-CN713
CS1W-CN223
CS1W-CN323
CS1W-CN523
CS1W-CN133
CS1W-CN133-B2
CV500-CN312
CV500-CN612
CV500-CN122
CV500-CN222
CV500-CN322
CV500-CN522
CV500-CN132
CV500-CN232
CV500-CN332
CV500-CN432
CV500-CN532
CS1W-CN311
CS1W-CN711
CS1W-CN221
CS1W-CN321
CS1W-CN521
CS1W-CN131
CS1W-CN131-B2
C200H-CN311
C200H-CN711
C200H-CN221
C200H-CN521
C200H-CN131
N, L, CE
U, C, N, L, CE
U, C, N, L, CE
N, L, CE
N, L, CE
N, CE
N, CE
N, CE
N, L, CE
N, CE
N, L, CE
N, CE
N, L, CE
N, L, CE
N, L, CE
L, CE
Programmable Controllers
I/O Units
CS1 Basic I/O Units
Classification
CS1 Input
Units
CS1 Output Units
CS1 I/O
Units
Name
Specifications
DC Input Units 24 VDC, 16 inputs, 7 mA
24 VDC, 32 inputs, 6 mA
24 VDC, 64 inputs, 6 mA
24 VDC, 96 inputs, approx.
5 mA
AC Input Units 100 to 120 VAC, 100 to
120 VDC, 16 inputs
200 to 240 VAC, 16 inputs
Interrupt Input 24 VDC, 16 inputs, 7 mA
Unit
High-speed
24 VDC, 16 inputs, 7 mA
Input Unit
Safety Relay 24 VDC, 2 channels with 4 inUnit
puts each, 4 pts/common
Relay Output 250 VAC or 120 VDC, indeUnits
pendent contacts, 8 outputs,
2A
250 VAC or 120 VDC,
16 outputs, 2 A
Transistor
12 to 24 VDC, 0.5A,
Output Units 16 sinking outputs
24 VDC, 0.5A,
16 sourcing outputs
12 to 24 VDC, 0.5A,
32 sinking outputs
24 VDC, 0.5A,
32 sourcing outputs
12 to 24 VDC, 0.3A,
64 sinking outputs
24 VDC, 0.3A,
64 sourcing outputs
12 to 24 VDC, 0.1A,
96 sinking outputs
12 to 24 VDC, 0.1A,
96 sourcing outputs
Triac Output 250 VAC, 1.2 A, 8 outputs
Units
250 VAC, 0.5 A,
16 outputs
DC Input/
24 VDC, 6 mA, 32 inputs, 12
Transistor
to 24 VDC, 0.3 A,
Output Units 32 sinking outputs
24 VDC, 6 mA, 32 inputs, 24
VDC, 0.3 A,
32 sourcing outputs
24 VDC, approx. 5 A,
48 inputs, 12 to 24 VDC, 0.1
A, 48 outputs,
sinking inputs/outputs
24 VDC, approx. 5A,
48 inputs, 12 to 24 VDC, 0.1
A, 48 outputs,
sourcing inputs/outputs
TTL I/O Unit 5 VDC, 32 inputs,
32 outputs
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H
CS1
CS1
Rack Expansion Expansion LongI/O Racks
Racks
distance
Racks
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
SYSMAC
BUS
Slave
Racks
No
No
No
No
Words
allocated
(CIO 0000 to
CIO 0319)
Model
Standards
1
2
4
6
CS1W-ID211
CS1W-ID231
CS1W-ID261
CS1W-ID291
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
1
CS1W-IA111
Yes
Yes
No
No
CS1W-IA211
CS1W-INT01
No
Yes
No
Yes (See No
note.)
Yes
No
1
1
Yes
Yes
Yes (See
note.)
Yes
1
CS1W-IDP01
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
1
CS1W-SF200
U, C, CE
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
1
CS1W-OC201
UC1, N, L,
CE
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
1
CS1W-OC211
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
1
CS1W-OD211
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
1
CS1W-OD212
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
2
CS1W-OD231
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
2
CS1W-OD232
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
4
CS1W-OD261
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
4
CS1W-OD262
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
6
CS1W-OD291
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
6
CS1W-OD292
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
1
1
CS1W-OA201
CS1W-OA211
UC, N, L, CE
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Inputs: 2
Outputs: 2
CS1W-MD261
UC1, N, L,
CE
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Inputs: 2
Outputs: 2
CS1W-MD262
U, C, N, L,
CE
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Inputs: 3
Outputs: 3
CS1W-MD291
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Inputs: 3
Outputs: 3
CS1W-MD292
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Inputs: 2
Outputs: 2
CS1W-MD561
UC1, N, L,
CE
U, C, N, L,
CE
UC1, N, L,
CE
UC, N, L, CE
UC1, N, L,
CE
U, C, N, L,
CE
UC1, N, L,
CE
U, C, N, L,
CE
UC1, N, L,
CE
U, C, N, L,
CE
UC, N, L, CE
Note: Interrupt inputs are not supported on these Racks (i.e., used as normal I/O Unit).
373
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 373 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 374 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
C200H Basic I/O Units
Classification
Name
C200H Input DC Input Units
Units (See
note 1.)
AC Input Units
AC/DC Input
Units
C200H Output Units
(See note 1.)
Interrupt Input
Unit
Relay Bit Output Units
C200H Out- Transistor Output Units
put Units
(See note 1.)
Triac Output
Units
Specifications
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H
CS1
CS1
Rack Expansion Expansion LongI/O Racks
Racks
distance
Racks
12 to 24 VDC, 8 inputs Yes
Yes
Yes
No
24 VDC, 16 inputs
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
100 to 120VAC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 inputs
100 to 120VAC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16 inputs
100 to 120VAC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16 inputs
200 to 240VAC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 inputs
200 to 240VAC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16 inputs
200 to 240VAC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16 inputs
12 to 24 VAC/VDC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 inputs
24 VAC/VDC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16 inputs
12 to 24 VDC,
Yes
Yes (See
Yes (See
No (See
8 inputs
note 2.)
note 2.)
note 2.)
250 VAC/24VDC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
2 A, 8 outputs max.
250 VAC/24VDC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
2 A, 12 outputs max.
250 VAC/24VDC, 2A, Yes
Yes
Yes
No
12 outputs max.
250 VAC/24VDC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
2 A, 16 outputs max.
250 VAC/24VDC,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
2 A, 16 outputs max.
250 VAC/24VDC, 2 A, Yes
Yes
Yes
No
independent contacts,
5 outputs max.
250 VAC/24 VDC, 2 A, Yes
Yes
Yes
No
independent contacts,
8 outputs max.
250 VAC/24 VDC, 2 A, Yes
Yes
Yes
No
independent contacts,
8 outputs max.
12 to 48 VDC, 1A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 sinking outputs
24 VDC, 2.1 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 sinking outputs
24 VDC, 0.8 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 sourcing outputs, load
short-circuit protection.
5 to 24 VDC, 0.3 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 sourcing outputs
24 VDC, 0.3 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
12 sinking outputs
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
5 to 24 VDC, 0.3 A,
12 sourcing outputs
24 VDC, 0.3 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16 sinking outputs
24 VDC, 1 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16 sourcing outputs,
load short-circuit protection.
250 VAC, 1.2 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
8 outputs
250 VAC, 0.3 A,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
12 outputs
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
250 VAC, 0.5 A,
12 outputs
Words
Model
allocated
SYSMAC
(CIO 0000 to
BUS
CIO 0319)
Slave
Racks
Yes
1
C200H-ID211
Yes
1
C200H-ID212
Yes
1
C200H-IA121
Standards
U, C, N, L,
CE
U, C, N, L
Yes
1
C200H-IA122
Yes
1
C200H-IA122V
CE
Yes
1
C200H-IA221
U, C, N, L
Yes
1
C200H-IA222
Yes
1
C200H-IA222V
CE
Yes
1
C200H-IM211
U, C, N, L,
CE
Yes
1
C200H-IM212
No
1
C200HS-INT01
Yes
1
C200H-OC221
Yes
1
C200H-OC222
Yes
1
C200H-OC222N
CE
Yes
1
C200H-OC225
U, C, N, L
Yes
1
C200H-OC226N
CE
Yes
1
C200H-OC223
U, C, N, L
Yes
1
C200H-OC224
Yes
1
C200H-OC224N
CE
Yes
1
C200H-OD411
U, C, N, L,
CE
Yes
1
C200H-OD213
Yes
1
C200H-OD214
Yes
1
C200H-OD216
Yes
1
C200H-OD211
Yes
1
C200H-OD217
Yes
1
C200H-OD212
Yes
1
C200H-OD21A
CE
Yes
1
C200H-OA223
CE
Yes
1
C200H-OA222V
Yes
1
C200H-OA224
U, C, N
U, C, N, L
U, C, N, L,
CE
U, C, N, L
Note: 1. C200H Units cannot be used with CS1D CPU Units.
2. Interrupt inputs are not supported on these Racks (i.e., used as normal I/O Unit).
3. The C200H-ID001 (no-voltage contacts, 8 inputs, NPN) and C200H-ID002 (no-voltage contacts, 8 inputs, PNP) cannot be used.
374
Programmable Controllers
C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units
Classification
Name
Specifications
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mountable Racks
C200H
CS1
CS1
Expansion Expansion LongI/O Racks
Racks
distance
Racks
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
SYSMAC
BUS
Slave
Racks
No
No
No
No
No
No
2
4
2
4
4
2
C200H-ID216
C200H-ID217
C200H-ID218
C200H-ID219
C200H-ID111
C200H-OD218
U, C
U, C, N, L, CE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
2
C200H-OD21B
U, C, CE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
4
C200H-OD219
U, C, N, L, CE
CPU
Rack
C200H
DC Input Units
Group-2
High-density
Input Units
(See note.)
24 VDC, 32 inputs
24 VDC, 64 inputs
24 VDC, 32 inputs, 6 mA
24 VDC, 64 inputs, 6 mA
12 VDC, 64 inputs
Transistor Out- 16 mA/4.5 V to
C200H
100 mA/26.4 V,
put Units
Group-2
32 sinking outputs
High-density
0.5 A/ 24 VDC,
Output Units
32 sourcing outputs, load
(See note.)
short-circuit
protection
16 mA/4.5 V to 100mA/
26.4 V,
64 sinking outputs
Words
allocated
(CIO 0000 to
CIO 0319)
Model
Standards
U, C, N, L, CE
U, C, CE
Note: C200H Units cannot be used with CS1D CPU Units.
Connectors for CS1 32- and 64-point I/O units, and C200H Group-2 High-density I/O Units
Part
Applicable connector
Connection
Soldered
(included with Unit)
Crimped
Terminal block
connection parts
Pressure welded
1:1 connections
Special Cable
Terminal Block Unit
1:2 connections
Remarks
From Fujitsu
Socket: FCN-361J040-AU
Connector bar: FCN-360C040-J2
From Fujitsu
Socket: FCN-363J040
Connector bar: FCN-360C040-J2
Contacts: FCN-363J-AU
From Fujitsu: FCN-367J040-AU
For CS1W-ID231/ID261/OD231/
OD232/OD261/OD262/MD261/
MD262 and C200H-ID216/ID217/
ID218/ID219/ID111/OD218/OD21B/
OD219
Special Cable
Terminal Block Unit
Model
C500-CE404
Standards
---
C500-CE405
C500-CE403
[email protected]@@B
(See note 1.)
XW2B-40G4
XW2B-40G5
XW2D-40G6
[email protected]@@D
(See notes 1 and 2.)
XW2B-20G4
XW2B-20G5
XW2D-20G6
XW2C-20G5-IN16
Note: 1. Refer to page 384 (Wiring Devices) for details. (Square boxes indicate the cable length.)
2. The [email protected]@@D, [email protected]@@, and [email protected]@@ cannot be connected. Only the inputs of the [email protected]@@ can be connected.
Connectors for CS1 96-point I/O Units
Part
Applicable connectors
Connection
Soldered
(included with Unit)
Crimped
Terminal block
Pressure welded
1:1
Special Cable
Terminal Block Unit
1:2
Special Cable
Terminal Block Unit
1:3
Special Cable
Terminal Block Unit
Remarks
From Fujitsu
Socket: FCN-361J056-AU
Connector bar: FCN-360C056-J3
From Fujitsu
Socket: FCN-363J056
Connector bar: FCN-360C056-J3
Contacts: FCN-363J-AU
From Fujitsu: FCN-367J056-AU
For CS1W-ID291/OD291/OD292/
MD291/MD292
Model
CS1W-CE561
Standards
---
CS1W-CE562
CS1W-CE563
[email protected]@@H-1 (see note.)
XW2B-60G4
XW2B-60G5
[email protected]@@H-2 (see note.)
XW2B-20G4
XW2B-20G5
XW2D-20G6
XW2B-40G4
XW2B-40G5
XW2D-40G6
[email protected]@@H-3 (see note.)
XW2B-20G4
XW2B-20G5
XW2D-20G6
Note: Refer to page 384 (Wiring Devices) for details. (Square boxes indicate the cable length.)
375
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 375 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 376 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
C200H High-density I/O Units Classified as Special I/O Units
Name
Specifications
Mountable Racks
CPU Rack C200H Expansion I/O
Racks
DC Input Units
TTL Input Units
Transistor Output Units
24 V DC, 32 inputs
5 V DC, 32 inputs
24 V DC, 32 sinking
outputs
5 V DC, 32 sinking
outputs
5 V DC, 16 inputs,
16 sinking outputs
24 V DC, 16 inputs,
16 sinking outputs
12 V DC, 16 inputs,
16 sinking outputs
Yes
Yes
Yes
TTL Output Units
TTL I/O Units
DC Input/Transistor
Output Units
Model
Standards
Yes
Yes
Yes
Unit
CS1 Expan- CS1 Long- SYSMAC No.
sion Racks distance
BUS
Racks
Slave
Racks
Yes
No
Yes
0 to 9
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-ID215
C200H-ID501
C200H-OD215
U, C, N, L, CE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-OD501
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-MD501
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-MD215
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-MD115
U, C, N
Connectors for C200H High-density I/O Units
Part
Applicable
connectors
Connection
Soldered
(included with Unit)
Remarks
From Fujitsu
Socket: FCN-361J024-AU
Connector bar: FCN-360C024-J2
From Fujitsu
Socket: FCN-363J024
Connector bar: FCN-360C024-J2
Contacts: FCN-363J-AU
From Fujitsu: FCN-367J024-AU/F
For C200H-ID215/ID501/OD215/
MD115/MD215
For C200H-ID215/ID501/MD115/
MD215/MD501
@@@ = cable length
Crimped
Terminal block
connection parts
Pressure welded
Special Cable
Terminal Block Connector
Special Cable
Terminal Block Connector
Model
C500-CE241
Standards
---
C500-CE242
C500-CE243
[email protected]@@A (See note.)
XW2B-20G4
XW2B-20G5
XW2D-20G6
XW2B-20G5-D
XW2B-40G5-T
[email protected]@@A (see note)
XW2C-20G6-IN16
Note: Refer to page 384 (Wiring Devices) for details. (Square boxes indicate the cable length.)
C200H Special I/O Units (Cannot be used with CS1D)
Name
Temperature
Control Units
Data Setting
Console
376
Specifications
Thermocouple input,
time-proportioning PID,
or ON/OFF transistor
output
Thermocouple input,
time-proportioning PID,
or ON/OFF voltage output
Thermocouple input,
PID current output
Temperature-resistance
thermometer input, timeproportioning PID, or
ON/OFF transistor output
Temperature-resistance
thermometer input, timeproportioning PID, or
ON/OFF voltage output
Temperature-resistance
thermometer input, PID
current output
Used with Temperature
Control Units.
Monitoring, setting, and
changing present values, set points, alarm
values, PID parameters,
bank numbers, etc.
Connecting
Cable, 2 m
Connecting
Cable, 4 m
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H ExRack
pansion I/O
Racks
Yes
Yes
Yes
Unit No.
Model
Standards
0 to 9
C200H-TC001
U, C, CE
Yes
CS1 Longdistance
Racks
No
SYSMAC
BUS Slave
Racks
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TC002
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TC003
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TC101
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TC102
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TC103
---
CS1 Expansion Racks
---
C200H-DSC01
---
C200H-CN225
---
C200H-CN425
---
Programmable Controllers
Name
Heat/Cool
Temperature
Control Units
Specifications
Thermocouple input,
time-proportioning PID,
or ON/OFF transistor
output
Thermocouple input,
time-proportioning PID,
or ON/OFF voltage output
Thermocouple input,
PID current output
Temperature-resistance
thermometer input, timeproportioning PID, or
ON/OFF transistor output
Temperature-resistance
thermometer input, timeproportioning PID, or
ON/OFF voltage output
Temperature-resistance
thermometer input, PID
current output
Temperature
Thermocouple input, K/J
Sensor Units
selectable
Thermocouple input, K/L
selectable
Temperature-resistance
thermometer,
JPt 100
Temperature-resistance
thermometer,
Pt 100
PID Control Units Voltage output/current
input, time-proportioning PID, or ON/OFF transistor output
Voltage output/current
input, time-proportioning PID, or ON/OFF voltage output
Voltage output/current
input, PID current output
Data Setting
Used with PID Control
Console
Units.
Monitoring, setting, and
changing present values, set points, alarm
values, PID parameters,
bank numbers, etc.
Connecting Cable, 2 m
Connecting Cable, 4 m
ASCII Units
200-Kbyte RAM,
2 RS-232C ports
200-Kbyte RAM,
RS-232C port, RS-422/
485 port
200-Kbyte RAM,
3 RS-232C ports (
1 terminal only)
Analog Input Units 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5/0 to 10
V/–10 to +10 V (selectable); 8 inputs;
1/4,000 resolution
Ánalog Output
1 to 5 V, –10 to +10 V
Units
(selectable), 8 outputs;
1/4,000 resolution
4 to 20 mA, 8 outputs; 1/
4,000 resolution
Analog I/O Units 2 inputs (4 to 20 mA,1 to
5 V, etc.)
2 outputs (4 to 20 mA, 1
to 5 V, etc.)
High-Speed
Two-axis pulse input,
Counter Units
counting rate: 75 kcps
max., line driver compatible
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H ExRack
pansion I/O
Racks
Yes
Yes
Yes
CS1 Expansion Racks
Unit No.
Model
Standards
0 to 9
C200H-TV001
U, C, CE
Yes
CS1 Longdistance
Racks
No
SYSMAC
BUS Slave
Racks
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TV002
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TV003
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TV101
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TV102
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TV103
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TS002
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TS101
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-TS102
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-PID02
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-PID03
---
0 to 9
0 to 9
C200H-TS001
C200H-PID01
U, C
U, C, CE
---
C200H-DSC01
---
0 to F
C200H-CN225
C200H-CN425
C200H-ASC11
U, C, CE
----Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-ASC21
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-ASC31
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
0 to F
C200H-AD003
U, C, N, L, CE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
0 to F
C200H-DA003
U, C, N, L, CE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-DA004
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200H-MAD01
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
0 to F
C200H-CT021
U, C, CE
377
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 377 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 378 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Name
Motion Control
Units
Position Control
Units
Specifications
G-language programmable, two-axis analog
outputs
MC Support Software
IBM PC/AT or compatible
Connecting Cable: 3.3 m
Teaching Box
Connection cable for
Teaching Box:
2 m long
Memory Pack
Terminal Block Conversion Unit
Simplifies wiring.
Connecting Cable for
Terminal Block Conversion Unit
4 axes, analog+digital
I/O, Motion Perfect
BASIC language
One-axis pulse-train
open-collector output
Two-axis pulse-train
open-collector output
Four-axis pulse-train
open-collector output
Peripheral Port Connecting Cables for computer
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H ExRack
pansion I/O
Racks
Yes
Yes
Unit No.
Model
Standards
0 to F
C200H-MC221
U, C, CE
---
CV500-ZN3AT1-E
---
-------
CV500-CIF01
CVM1-PRO01
CV500-CN224
U, C, CE
CE
-----
CVM1-MP702
XW2B-20J6-6
U, C, CE
---
---
XW2Z-100J-F1
CS1 Expansion Racks
Yes
CS1 Longdistance
Racks
No
SYSMAC
BUS Slave
Racks
Yes
---
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
0 to F
C200HW-MC402-E
CE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
0 to F
C200HW-NC113
U, C, CE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200HW-NC213
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
C200HW-NC413
---
---
RS-232C Port Connect- --ing Cables for computer
1-axis Relay Unit for
C200HW-NC113
2-axis Relay Unit for
C200HW-NC213/
NC413
1-axis U, H, M Connecting Cables for C200HWNC113
XW2B-40J6-2B
2-axis U, H, M Connecting Cables for C200HWNC213/NC413
1-axis UEP Connecting
Cables for C200HWNC113
2-axis UEP Connecting --Cables for C200HWNC213/NC413
378
CS1W-CN226 (2 m) CE
CS1W-CN626 (6 m)
XW2Z-200S-CV
--(2 m)
NCT V1.11 or earlier
XW2Z-500S-CV
(5 m)
NCT V1.11 or earlier
XW2Z-200S (2 m)
(See note 1.)
XW2Z-500S (5 m)
(See note 1.)
XW2B-20J6-1B
---
XW2Z-050J-A6
(0.5 m)
XW2Z-100J-A6 (1 m)
XW2Z-050J-A7
(0.5 m)
XW2Z-100J-A7 (1 m)
XW2Z-050J-A8
(0.5 m)
XW2Z-100J-A8 (1 m)
XW2Z-050J-A9
--(0.5 m)
XW2Z-100J-A9 (1 m)
Programmable Controllers
CS1 Special I/O Units
Name
Specifications
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H ExCS1 ExpanRack
pansion I/O sion Racks
Racks
Analog Input Units 4 inputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 Yes
No
Yes
V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,
4 to 20 mA) Resolution:
1/4,000
8 inputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5
V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,
4 to 20 mA) Resolution:
1/4,000
16 inputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5
V, 0 to 10 V,–10 to 10 V,
4 to 20 mA)
Analog Output
4 outputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5
Units
V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,
4 to 20 mA) Resolution:
1/4,000
8 outputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to 5
V, 0 to 10 V, –10 to 10 V,
4 to 20 mA) Resolution:
1/4,000
8 outputs (4 to 20 mA)
Resolution: 1/4,000
Analog I/O Unit
4 inputs (4 to 20 mA, 1 to
5 V, etc.)
4 outputs (1 to 5 V, 0 to
10 V, etc.)
Process I/O Units
Isolated Ther- 4 inputs, B, E, J, K, N, R, Yes
No
Yes
mocouple Input S, T, U, WRe5-26, PLII,
Unit
±100 mV
4 inputs, B, J, K, R, S, T,
L
8 inputs, B, J, K, R, S, T,
L
Isolated
4 inputs, Pt100Ω
Temperature(JIS, IEC),
resistance
JPt100Ω, Pt150Ω,
Ni508.4Ω
Thermometer
4 inputs, Pt100Ω
Input Unit
(JIS, IEC), JP5100Ω
8 inputs, Pt100Ω
(JIS, IEC), JPt100Ω
Isolated Two4 inputs, 4 to 20 mA,
wire Transmis- 1 to 5 V
sion Device Input Unit
Isolated DC
4 inputs, 4 to 20 mA, 1 to
Input Unit
5 V, 0 to 5 V, ±5 V, 0 to
10 V, ±10 V
4 inputs, 4 to 20 mA,
0 to 20 mA, 0 to 10 V,
±10V, 0 to 5 V, ±5V,
1 to 5 V, 0 to 1.25 V,
±1.25 V
8 inputs, 4 to 20 mA,
0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,
0 to 5 V
Isolated Pulse 4 inputs
Input Unit
Isolated Control 4 outputs, 4 to 20 mA, 1
Output Unit
to 5 V
4 outputs, 0 to 10 V,
±10 V, 0 to 5 V, ±5 V,
0 to 1 V, ±1 V
Power Trans8 inputs, 0 to 1 mA, ±1
ducer Input Unit mA
100-mV DC
8 inputs, 0 to 100 mA,
Input Unit
±100 mV
Loop Control Units Control loops: 32
Yes
No
No
Porcesses: 250
Loop Control
50 blocks maximum in- CPU Unit Inner Board for CS1-H PLCs
Boards
cluding both adjustment
and operation blocks
500 blocks maximum including both adjustment
and operation blocks
CS1 Longdistance
Racks
Yes
SYSMAC
BUS Slave
Racks
No
Unit No.
Model
Standards
0 to 95
CS1W-AD041-V1
UC1, N, L, CE
CS1W-AD081-V1
0 to 94
CS1W-AD161
UC1, N, CE
0 to 95
CS1W-DA041
UC1, N, L, CE
CS1W-DA08V
CS1W-DA08C
CS1W-MAD44
Yes
No
0 to 95
CS1W-PTS11
UC1, CE, N
CS1W-PTS51
CE, UC1
CS1W-PTS55
UC1, CE
CS1W-PTS12
UC1, CE, N
CS1W-PTS52
UC1, CE
CS1W-PTS56
CS1W-PTW01
UC1, CE
CS1W-PDC01
CS1W-PDC11
UC1, CE, N
CS1W-PDC55
CS1W-PPS01
UC1, CE
CS1W-PMV01
CS1W-PMV02
CS1W-PTR01
CS1W-PTR02
No
No
0 to F
CS1W-LC001
UC1, N, CE
CS1W-LCB01
UC1, N, CE
CS1W-LCO05
379
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 379 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 380 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Name
High-Speed
Counter Units
Position Control
Units
SSI Unit
Motion Control
Units
Computer Connecting Cables
Specifications
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H ExRack
pansion I/O
Racks
Pulse input: 2 pts Count- Yes
No
ing speed: 500 kcps
max.
Pulse input: 4 pts Counting speed: 500 kcps
max.
Solder terminal; 40p and --a Connector Cover
Solderless terminal; 40p --and a Connector Cover
(Crimped)
Pressure welded termi- --nal; 40p
Solder terminal; 40p and --a Connector Cover (Horizontal-type)
Crimp-style terminal;
--40p and a Connector
Cover (Horizontal-type)
One-axis pulse train
Yes
No
open-collector output
Two-axis pulse train
open-collector output
Four-axis pulse train
open-collector output
One-axis pulse train linedriver output
Two axis pulse train linedriver output
Four axis pulse train
line-driver output
SSI encoder inputs:
Yes
No
2 channels
4 axes, analog outputs, Yes
No
G language
2 axes, analog outputs,
G language
MCH high-speed serial
link
Peripheral port on CPU --Unit
CS1 Expansion Racks
Yes
CS1 Longdistance
Racks
Yes
SYSMAC
BUS Slave
Racks
No
Unit No.
Model
Standards
0 to 92
CS1W-CT021
U, C, CE
CS1W-CT041
---
---
Serial Communications Unit
RS-232C–RS422A Conversion Unit
Ethernet Unit
Two RS-232C Ports
Yes
Controller Link
Units
Wired
C500-CE403
C500-CE404
C500-CE405
Yes
Yes
No
0 to 95
0 to 94
CS1W-NC413
0 to 95
CS1W-NC133
U, C, N, L, CE
CS1W-NC233
0 to 94
CS1W-NC433
Yes
Yes
No
0 to 94
CS1W-CTS21
CE
Yes
Yes
No
0 to 93
CS1W-MC421
U, C, CE
CS1W-MC221
0 to F
---
CS1W-MCH71
CS1W-CN226 (2 m)
CS1W-CN626 (6 m)
XW2Z-200S-CV
(2 m)
XW2Z-500S-CV
(5 m)
CVM1-PRO01
CV500-CN224
CVM1-MP702
XW2B-20J6-6
CE
---
U, C, CE
CE
U, C, CE
---
XW2B-40J6-7
XW2Z-100J-F1
No
Yes
Yes
No
0 to F
CS1W-SCU21-V1 U, C, L, N, CE
---
NT-AL001
CS1W-ETN21
UC1, L, N,
CS1D-ETN21D
CS1W-CLK21-V1 U, C, L, N, CE
CS1W-CLK12-V1 U, C, CE
CS1W-CLK52-V1
No
Yes
Yes
No
0 to F
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
0 to F
0 to F
Optical (H-PCF cable)
---
Optical
(GI fiber 62.5/125 μm)
Wired
---
---
Optical
(GI fiber 62.5/125 μm)
Wired (a set of 5)
3G8F7-CLK21-V1 CE
3G8F7-CLK12-V1
3G8F7-CLK52-V1
---
---
CJ1W-TB101
---
-----
-----
CS1W-RPT01
CS1W-RPT02
UC1, CE
---
---
CS1W-RPT03
0 to 95
CS1W-GPI01
Controller Link
Relay Terminals
Controller Link Twisted-pair
Repeater Units Optical ring
380
CS1W-NC113
CS1W-NC213
1 RS-232C port and 1 --RS-422A terminal
block
100Base-Tx
Yes
Controller Link
Support Boards Optical (H-PCF cable)
GPIB Unit
---
C500-CE402
RS-232C port on CPU
Unit
Teaching Box
Teaching Box Connecting Cable (2 m)
Memory Pack
MC Terminal Block Conversion Unit for 2
Axes (simplifies wiring I/O connectors)
MC Terminal Block Conversion Unit for 4
Axes (simplifies wiring I/O connectors)
MC Terminal Block Conversion Unit Cable
C500-CE401
(H-PCF cable)
Optical ring
(GI cable)
Supports Master and
Slave Modes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
UC, CE
Programmable Controllers
Name
Specifications
DeviceNet Unit Functions as master
and/or slave; allows
control of 2,048
points max. per master.
PROFIBUS-DP Master Unit
Unit
for up to 7000 remote
I/O words
Master Unit
for up to 300 remote
I/O words
I/O Link for up to
200 I/O words
CAN/CANopen Freely configurable
Unit
CAN communication, or CANopen
protocol
Mountable Racks
CPU
C200H ExRack
pansion I/O
Racks
CS1 Expansion Racks
CS1 Longdistance
Racks
SYSMAC
BUS Slave
Racks
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Unit No.
Model
No
---
CS1W-DRM21-V1 0 to F
Yes
No
0 to F
CS1W-PRM21
No
No
No
No
Standards
CE
C200HW-PRM21
0 to F
C200HW-PRT21
U, L, C, CE
C200HWCORT21-V1
U, C, CE
Note: 1. A 25-pin to 9-pin adapter is required to connected to a 9-pin, D-sub RS-232C connector on an IBM PC/AT or compatible.
Note: Setting tool software for the Processing I/O Units also supports [email protected]@@, [email protected]@@, and CS1W-MAD44.
Optional Products
Name
Specifications
Cover for 10-pin terminal block
Model
C200H-COV11
Terminal Block Covers
Short protection for 10-pin terminal block (package of 10 covers); 8 pts
Short protection for 19-pin terminal block (package of 10 covers); 12 pts
C200H-COV02
C200H-COV03
C200H Unit Connector
Cover
Protective cover for unused I/O Connecting Cable connectors
C500-COV01
CS1 Special I/O Unit
Connector Cover
Protective cover for unused I/O Connecting Cable connectors
CV500-COV01
C200H Expansion I/O
Backplane Insulation
Plates
Electrically insulate C200H Expansion I/O Backplanes
from the control panel to increase noise resistance.
C200HW-ATT32
C200HW-ATT52
C200HW-ATT82
C200HW-ATTA2
N, L, CE
Relay
I/O
Unit Cover
24 V DC, for C200H-OC221/OC222/OC223/OC224/OC225
G6B-1174P-FD-US
---
Programming Console
Mounting Bracket
Used to attach C200H-PRO27-E Hand-held Programming Console to a panel.
C200H-ATT01
Space Unit
Used for empty I/O slot on the [email protected]@3/[email protected]@3 or [email protected]@@.
Used for empty I/O slot on [email protected]@2/[email protected]@2 and [email protected]@@(S)/[email protected]@@
Used for empty Power Supply Unit slot on [email protected]@@(S)/[email protected]@@;
same shape as the CS1W-PA207R.
Used for empty Power Supply Unit slot on [email protected]@@(S)/[email protected]@@;
same shape as the CS1W-PA207R.
For CS-series CPU Units. (Use batteries within wo years of manufacture).
Mounts to end of CS1 Long-distance Expansion Rack
C200H-SP001
CS1W-SP001
CS1W-SP002
I/O Unit Cover
Battery Set
Terminating Resistor (See note.)
For 3-slot Backplane
For 5-slot Backplane
For 8-slot Backplane
For 10-slot Backplane
Standards
---
---
CS1W-SP002
CS1W-BAT01
CV500-TER01
L, CE
U, C
Note: Two Terminating Resistors are included with the CS1W-IC102 I/O Control Unit.
381
Programmable
Controllers
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 381 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Y201-EN2-03.book Seite 382 Donnerstag, 30. März 2006 1:52 13
Mounting Rails and Accessories
Name
DIN rail Mounting Bracket
DIN rails
End Plate
Spacer
Specifications
1 set (2 included)
Length: 50 cm; height: 7.3 cm
Length: 1 m; height: 7.3 cm
Length: 50 cm; height: 16 mm
---
Model number
C200H-DIN01
PFP-50N
PFP-100N
PFP-100N2
PFP-M
PFP-S
Standards
---
ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
To convert millimeters into inches, multiply by 0.03937. To convert grams into ounces, multiply by 0.03527.
Cat. No. P08E-EN-03A
382
In the interest of product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Programmable Controllers
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement